diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-0.txt | 2041 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 27021 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-8.txt | 2039 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 26914 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 31067 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-h/17262-h.htm | 3070 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262-h/images/cstroke.jpg | bin | 0 -> 489 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262.txt | 2039 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17262.zip | bin | 0 -> 26845 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
12 files changed, 9205 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/17262-0.txt b/17262-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2857fac --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2041 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The +Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)) + +Author: James Constantine Pilling + +Release Date: December 9, 2005 [EBook #17262] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + + + + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothèque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + + + + +Transcriber's Note: This work was originally published as a part of: + +Powell, J.W. +1881 _First Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the + Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 1879-'80_. pp. 553-577. + Washington: Government Printing Office. + +The Table of Contents and Index included in this version were abstracted +from the full publication and inserted in the appropriate place. + +The following Unicode characters have been used in this book: + +ă a with breve +ē e with macron +ⁿ superscript n, used to represent nasalization of the preceding vowel +ō o with macron + +The following character is, at the time of posting, available in Unicode +but is not yet available in fonts, and has been left as a code. + +[C/] C with stroke (U+023B) + +Author names which were repeated when occurring as the first entry on +a new page have been replaced with ---- to keep the consistency of the +listings. A list of these author names is included at the end of the +text along with a list of misspelled and inconsistently spelled words. + + + + +SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION--BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + * * * * * + + CATALOGUE + OF + LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS + IN THE + LIBRARY OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + BY + + JAMES C. PILLING. + + + + +Table of Contents + + +Introductory 555 +List of manuscripts 562 + + + + +CATALOGUE OF LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY +OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + +BY JAMES C. PILLING. + + +Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraft, while engaged in the preparation of his +work--"Information respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of +the Indian Tribes of the United States"--sent to various persons +residing among the Indians a "Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of +the Indian Tribes of the United States," a quarto paper of 25 pages, +comprising 350 words, and the numerals one to one billion. The returns +from this were for the most part incorporated in his work; a few, +however, found their way into the collection of the Smithsonian +Institution. + +In 1853-'54, Mr. George Gibbs, while engaged under Gov. Isaac I. Stevens +in "Explorations for a route for the Pacific Railroad near the 47th and +49th parallels of north latitude," became interested in the study of the +languages of the Indians inhabiting the Northwest, and collected many +vocabularies. To further extend this work, he prepared and had printed a +folio paper of three leaves entitled "A vocabulary of 180 words which it +is desired to collect in the different languages and dialects throughout +the Pacific Coast for publication by the Smithsonian Institute at +Washington." + +These were sent to such persons as, in his judgment, were competent to +furnish the material desired, and many of them, filled or partly filled, +were returned to him. A second edition of this vocabulary, 6 ll., folio, +was issued. + +In 1863 there was published by the Smithsonian Institution a pamphlet +with the following title: + +Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | --160-- | Instructions | for + research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of | America. | + Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George Gibbs. | + Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. + +2 p. ll., pp. 1-51. 8^o. + +In his introductory remarks, Professor Henry thus states the object of +the paper: + +"The Smithsonian Institution is desirous of extending and completing its +collections of facts and materials relative to the Ethnology, +Archæology, and Philology of the races of mankind inhabiting, either now +or at any previous period, the continent of America, and earnestly +solicits the coöperation in this object of all officers of the United +States Government, and travellers or residents who may have it in their +power to render any assistance." + +Under the head of Philology, Mr. Gibbs gave a brief account of some of +the peculiarities of Indian languages, with general directions for the +best method of collecting certain words; a simple and practical +alphabet; and a vocabulary in English, Spanish, French, and Latin of 211 +words. Speaking of the latter, he says: + +"In view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of +the various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of +officers of the government, travellers, and others, the following is +recommended as a STANDARD VOCABULARY. It is mainly the one prepared by +the late Hon. Albert Gallatin, with a few changes made by Mr. Hale, the +Ethnologist of the United States Exploring Expedition, and is adopted as +that upon which nearly all the collections hitherto made for the purpose +of comparison have been based. For the purpose of ascertaining the more +obvious relations between the various members of existing families this +number is deemed sufficient. The remote affinities must be sought in a +wider research, demanding a degree of acquaintance with their languages +beyond the reach of transient visitors." + +The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing +paper, 10 ll., 4^o, and reprinted, 6 ll., folio, and was distributed +widely among the missionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local +collectors in ethnology, and has served a valuable purpose, resulting in +the collection by the Smithsonian Institution of a large number of +vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and dialects of the +Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico. + +This material, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs +for revision and classification--a work in which he was engaged at the +time of his death, which occurred before any of it was published. + +In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J.W. Powell, +then in charge of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey +of the Rocky Mountain Region, to be consolidated and published in +connection with like material collected by himself and his assistants +while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States. A +number were accordingly published in the "Contributions to North +American Ethnology," Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by the +Survey. + +Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian Institution, +Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the following paper: + +Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with words, phrases, + and sentences to be collected. | By J.W. Powell. | Washington: | + Government Printing Office. | 1877. + +Pp. 1-104, 10 ruled ll., 4^o. + +In his opening remarks, referring to the manuscripts derived from the +distribution of Mr. Gibbs' paper, the author says: "It has, in fact, +greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser direction to inquiry, +and the results have abundantly proved the value of the 'Instructions' +and the wisdom of its publication; and it serves to mark an epoch in the +history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which has +thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such +important conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of +instruction, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. +First, it is found necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a +greater number of sounds, which have been discovered in the North +American languages, and to mark other letters with greater precision. +Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary so as to modify it +somewhat, as experience has dictated, so that new words may be +collected. Third, it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences +should be given--so chosen as to bring out the more important +characteristics of grammatic structure." + +In the preparation of this paper, the alphabet was considered to be of +prime importance. Concerning it, the author says: "After devoting much +time to the consideration of the subject, and the examination of many +alphabets devised by scholars and linguists, none was found against +which there was not serious objections, and the author attempted to +devise an alphabet which would contain all the supposed requirements; +but there were many difficulties in the way, and many compromises to be +made in weighing the various considerations. At this stage of the work +he applied to the eminent philologist, Prof. W.D. Whitney, for +assistance. After much consultation and the weighing of the many +considerations arising from the large amount of manuscript material in +the author's hands, Professor Whitney kindly prepared the following +paper on the alphabet." + +The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in +schedules, each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for +additions, as follows: + + I. Persons, 15 words. + + II. Parts of the body, 103 words. + + III. Relationships: + Relationships arising from the first and second generations, + 58 words. + Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words. + Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words. + Names of children in order of birth, 26 words. + + IV. Social organization. + + V. Governmental organization, 22 words. + + VI. Religion, 6 words. + + VII. Disposal of the dead, 8 words. + +VIII. Dress and ornaments, 39 words. + + IX. Dwellings, 26 words. + + X. Implements and utensils, 36 words. + Basket-ware, 15 words. + Woodenware, 7 words. + Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c., 5 words. + Stone implements, 13 words. + Pottery, &c., 11 words. + + XI. Food, 6 words. + + XII. Games and sports, 5 words. + + XIII. Animals: + Mammals, 91 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words. + Birds, 192 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of birds, 26 words. + Fish, 12 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words. + Reptiles, 6 words. + Insects, 11 words. + + XIV. Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c., 8 words. + + XV. The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects, 41 words. + + XVI. Geographic terms, 8 words. + + XVII. Geographic names. + +XVIII. Colors, 13 words. + + XIX. Numerals: + Cardinal numbers, 58 words (1-1000). + Ordinal numbers, 30 words. + Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words. + Multiplicatives, 22 words. + Distributives, 23 words. + + XX. Measures. + + XXI. Divisions of time, 29 words. + + XXII. Standard of value. + +XXIII. New words, 84 words. + + XXIV. Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c. + +This paper was prepared with special reference to the wants of the +collector, being printed on bond paper and bound in flexible cloth. It +was widely distributed and, like that of Mr. Gibbs, resulted in the +collection of valuable linguistic material. + +In 1879 Congress consolidated the various surveys, including that of the +Rocky Mountain Region, into the United States Geological Survey, but +made provision for continuing the publication of the Contributions to +North American Ethnology under the direction of the Secretary of the +Smithsonian Institution, and directed that the ethnologic material in +Major Powell's hands be turned over to the Institution. Thus the Bureau +of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution was organized, and Major +Powell was placed at its head. + +By this time the growing interest manifested in the study of North +American linguistics rendered necessary the preparation of a new edition +of the Introduction. In the words of the author: + +"The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the +author, alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more +advanced wants and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these +circumstances the present edition is published. It does not purport to +be a philosophic treatment of the subject of language; it is not a +comparative grammar of Indian tongues; it is simply a series of +explanations of certain characteristics almost universally found by +students of Indian languages--the explanations being of such a +character as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons +practically at work in the field on languages with which they are +unfamiliar. The book is a body of directions for collectors. + +"It is believed that the system of schedules, followed _seriatim_, will +lead the student in a proper way to the collection of linguistic +materials; that the explanations given will assist him in overcoming the +difficulties which he is sure to encounter; and that the materials when +collected will constitute valuable contributions to philology. It has +been the effort of the author to connect the study of language with the +study of other branches of anthropology, for a language is best +understood when the habits, customs, institutions, philosophy--the +subject-matter of thought embodied in the language--are best known. The +student of language should be a student of the people who speak the +language; and to this end the book has been prepared, with many hints +and suggestions relating to other branches of anthropology." + +The title of this publication is as follows: + +Smithsonian Institution--Bureau of Ethnology | J.W. Powell Director | + Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages | with | Words + Phrases and Sentences to be Collected | By J.W. Powell | Second + edition--with charts | Washington | Government Printing Office | + 1880 + +Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 ruled leaves. 4^o. + +The following is the + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + +CHAPTER I.--ON THE ALPHABET. + + Page. +Vowels 4 + Diphthongs 5 +Consonants 6 + Mutes 6 + Nasals 7 + Spirants 8 + Sibilants 9 + W, Y, R, L, and H 9 + Interrupted sounds 11 + Synthetic sounds 12 + Complex combinations 13 +Alphabet 14 + +CHAPTER II.--HINTS AND EXPLANATIONS. + +§ 1.--Persons 18 +§ 2.--Parts of the body 18 +§ 3.--Dress and ornaments 18 +§ 4.--Dwellings 20 +§ 5.--Implements and utensils 23 +§ 6.--Food 24 +§ 7.--Colors 25 +§ 8.--Numerals 25 +§ 9.--Measures 26 +§ 10.--Division of time 27 +§ 11.--Standards of value 27 +§ 12.--Animals 28 +§ 13.--Plants, &c. 29 +§ 14.--Geographic terms 29 +§ 15.--Geographic names 30 +§ 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects 30 +§ 17.--Kinship 30 +§ 18.--Social organization 38 +§ 19.--Government 40 +§ 20.--Religion 41 +§ 21.--Mortuary customs 42 +§ 22.--Medicine 43 +§ 23.--Amusements 44 +§ 24.--New words 45 + Remarks on nouns 46 +§ 25.--Accidents of nouns--demonstrative and adjective pronouns 46 +§ 26.--Personal and article pronouns--transitive verbs 47 +§ 27.--Possession 49 +§ 28.--Intransitive verbs--adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns + used as verbs 49 +§ 29.--Voice, mode, and tense 51 +§ 30.--Additional investigations suggested 55 +§ 31.--On the best method of studying materials collected 59 +§ 32.--The rank of Indian languages 69 + +CHAPTER III.--SCHEDULES. + +Schedule 1.--Persons 77 + 2.--Parts of the body 78 + 3.--Dress and ornaments 82 + 4.--Dwellings 84 + 5.--Implements and utensils 88 + Wooden ware 90 + Stone implements 91 + Shell, horn, bone, &c. 92 + Basket ware 93 + Pottery 94 + 6.--Food 95 + 7.--Colors 96 + 8.--Numerals--Cardinal numbers 97 + Ordinal numbers 98 + Numeral adverbs, &c. 100 + Multiplicatives 101 + Distributives 102 + 9.--Measures 103 + 10.--Division of time 105 + 11.--Standards of value 107 + 12.--Animals--Mammals 109 + Parts of body, &c., of mammals 113 + Birds 115 + Parts of body, &c., of birds 121 + Fish 122 + Parts of the body, &c., of fish 123 + Reptiles 124 + Insects 125 + 13.--Plants 127 + 14.--Geographic terms 129 + 15.--Geographic names 131 + 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena + and objects 132 + 17.--Kinship.--Relatives.--Lineal descendants of self, male + speaking 134 + Lineal ascendants of self, male + speaking 135 + First collateral line, male + speaking 136 + Second collateral line, male + speaking 137 + Third collateral line, male + speaking 139 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), male speaking 146 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), male speaking 147 + Lineal descendants of self, female + speaking 148 + Lineal ascendants of self, female + speaking 149 + First collateral line, female + speaking 150 + Second collateral line, female + speaking 151 + Third collateral line, female + speaking 153 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), female speaking 160 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), female speaking 161 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, male speaking 162 + First collateral + line, male + speaking 163 + Second collateral + line, male + speaking 164 + Third collateral + line, male + speaking 166 + Affinities through the marriage of self, male + speaking 171 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, female speaking 172 + First collateral + line, female + speaking 173 + Second collateral + line, female + speaking 174 + Third collateral + line, female + speaking 176 + Affinities through the marriage of self, female + speaking 181 + Ordinal names of children 182 + 18.--Social organization 183 + 19.--Government 185 + 20.--Religion 186 + 21.--Mortuary customs 187 + 22.--Medicine 189 + 23.--Amusements 191 + 24.--New words 192 + 25.--Number and gender of nouns--Demonstrative and adjective + pronouns 196 + 26.--Personal and article pronouns--Transitive verbs 200 + 27.--Possession 206 + 28.--Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, + and nouns used as verbs 210 + 29.--Voice, mode and tense 221 + 30.--Additional investigations suggested 228 + +Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the +alphabet and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the +first edition of the work, and in the second Major Powell has made many +modifications. The schedule of relationship was so large that graphic +representation was considered necessary, and charts were prepared which +it was thought both the student and the Indian could follow it with +comparative ease. Experience has shown that the idea was well founded. + +As in the first edition, blank spaces were given after each schedule for +such additions as might suggest themselves to the collector; and to +further facilitate the work separate alphabet cards of convenient size +accompanied the volume. + +This publication has not been long enough in the hands of collectors to +meet with great returns, though a sufficient number have been received, +filled or partly filled, to justify the Bureau in anticipating, in the +not distant future, the receipt of a body of material prepared according +to scientific methods which, when published, will prove a valuable +contribution to this branch of ethnologic research. + +=Abbott= (G.H.). Vocabulary of the Coquille; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collected in 1858, at the Silets Indian Agency. + +=Anderson= (Alexander C.). Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with + Notes. + 12 ll. folio. Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the + following dialects: Chipwyan, Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper + Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Hopah Haynarger. + +---- Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast. + 12 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Athabasca; + 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Arny= (_Gov._ W.F.M.). Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1874. Governor Arny + was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W.B. Forrey. + +=Arroyo de la Cuesta= (_P._ Felipe). Idiomas Californios. + 32 pp. folio. This manuscript, containing 12 short vocabularies, + was copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E.T. + Murray. The following are the vocabularies: Esselen, or + Huelel--Mutsun; San Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; + Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista--Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; + San Luis Rey; Karkin--Mutsun; Tuichun--Mutsun(?); Saclan; + Suisun--Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen--Mutsun; Lathruunun--Yokuts. + +=Azpell= (_Assist. Surg._ Thos. F.). Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and + Klamath; 200 words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in California in 1870. + +=Baer= (John). Vocabularies of the Yerigen (Tchuktchi), 250 words; and of + the Chaklock, 100 words. + 10 ll. folio. Mr. Baer accompanied the Rogers Ex. Ex. The Yerigen + words were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of Seniavine, west + side of Behring Straits. The Chaklock words from the inhabitants of + the island of Chaklock, about two miles to the southward. + +=Balitz= (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in the Aleutian + Islands in 1868. + +=Ballou= (E.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Language. + 162 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2 + ed. Collected at the Shoshone and Bannock Agency, Wyoming + Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are neglected, and many + are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much to the + value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes. + +=Bannister= (Henry M.). Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barnhardt= (W.H.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the + Umpqua, Lower Rogue River, and Calapooa Indians; 160 words. + 4 ll. folio. + +=Barnhart= (--.). Vocabulary of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lower Rogue River Indians; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barker= (J.C.). Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission, Lower + California; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1876. + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabularies of the Cahita, Opate, and + Tarahumara; 200 words each. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ceris; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosillo, a native, + January, 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cochimi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a + chief of the Coppermine Apaches, July, 1851. + +---- Vocabulary of the Diegeno; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Dieguina; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast + in the neighborhood of San Diego. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kioway; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithonian form. Collected from Esteban, a + Mexican in the service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had + been a captain seven years among the Comanches and Kioways in + Texas. + +---- Vocabulary of the Piro. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from two of the + principal men of the pueblo of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso + del Norte. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tigua. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from Santiago Ortiz + (Ahebatu), head chief of Sineca, Isleta, &c. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. The above material was collected by Mr. Bartlett + while on the Mexican Boundary Commission. + +=Belden= (_Lieut._ George P.). Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon. + 27 ll. 12^o. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux, alphabetically arranged. + 182 pp. 8^o. Collected in 1868. + +=Bennett= (_Lieut. Col._ Clarence B.). Vocabulary of the Yuma; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864. + +=Berendt= (_Dr._ Carl Herman). Vocabulary of the Maya; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and Maya + Languages. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form, with a few additions. + +=Berson= (F.). Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California. + 8 ll. sm. 4^o. Collected in November, 1851. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +---- Yuki-English and English-Yuki Dictionary. + 45 pp. sm. 4^o Collected in 1851 from a band of Indians fifty + miles south of Clear Lake, California. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +=Bierstadt= (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected, 1863. + +=Bissell= (George P.). Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon. + 46 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua. + 5 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1876. + +=Brackett= (_Col._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Absaraka, or Crow. + 11 pp. folio. Collected at Fort Laramie, Wyoming, 1879. + +=Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= (John). Vocabulary of the + Comanche Indians; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected April, 1867. + +=Chamberlain= (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Melicite + (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Collected + December, 1880. + +=Chapin= (_Col._ G.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867, Camp + Goodwin, Arizona. + +=Cheroki.= Vocabulary of the Cherokee, or Tseloge; 88 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Siksikhōä, or Blackfoot; 180 words. + 7 pp. folio. Recorded March, 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tshihalish; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Corbusier= (William H.). Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or Yavape; and + Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa, with ethnopaphic notes. + 54 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian + Languages--nearly complete. Collected at the Rio Verde Agency, + Arizona, 1873, '74, '75. + +=Corliss= (_Capt._ A.W.). Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brulè + band. + 50 pp. 4^o. "Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brulè + Sioux Indians on the White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874." + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Copied + from original manuscript loaned by Captain Corliss. + +=Clark= (W.C.). Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 at Yáneks. + +=Craig= (R.O.). Vocabulary of the Skagit and Snohomish. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1858. + +=Cremony= (John C.). Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque + Redondo, on the Pecos River, N. Mex., in 1863. + +=Crook= (_Gen._ George). Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity + River, California; 180 words. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahluwah; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Denig= (E.T.). Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E.T. Denig, Indian agent, + Fort Union. + 6 pp. folio. + +=Diezman= (F.J.). Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, prepared by + F.J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua. + 16 ll. 4^o. Prepared in 1865. + +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Myths, Stories, and Letters in the [C/]egiha + Language. + 750 pp. folio. This material is in hands of the printer, and will + form Part I, Vol. 6, Contributions to North American Ethnology. It + comprises 70 stories and myths and 300 letters, each with + interlinear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation. + +---- Grammar of the [C/]egiha Language. + 800 pp. folio. Will form Part 2 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- [C/]egiha Dictionary--[C/]egiha-English and English-[C/]egiha, + alphabetically arranged; contains 20,000 words. + 22,000 slips. Will form Part 3 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Iowas, Otos, and Missouris. + 1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters, with + interlinear translation, a dictionary of 9,000 words, and a + grammar. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language. + 75 pp. folio and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter, grammatic + notes, and dictionary of 2,000 words. + +---- Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Eels= (_Rev._ Myron). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Chemakum. + 37 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Washington Territory, + 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclallam. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation in 1878. + Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns + and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwâksin Dialect of the + Niskwallî Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives, cases of + pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to + drink". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and gender of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive + case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and + "to drink". + +=Eskimo.= Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton Bay; + Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St. Elias; of + Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Euphrasia= (_Sister_ M.). Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sister M. + Euphrasia, St. Xavier's Convent, Arizona. + 6 ll. folio. Twenty-seven exercises, and phrases and sentences. + +=Everett= (William E.). Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically arranged; + by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout. + 91 pp. folio. + +=Flachenecker= (_Rev._ George). Notes on the Shyenne Language, by Rev. + Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Nebraska, + September, 1862. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Fletcher= (Robert H.). Vocabulary of the Nez Percés. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1873 in Idaho. + +=Fuertes= (E.A.). Vocabularies of the Chimalapa, or Zoque; Guichicovian, + or Mixe; Zapoteco; and Maya; 200 words each. + 17 ll. 4^o. In parallel columns, accompanied by grammatic notes. + +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William M.). Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee; 211 + words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected April, 1867. The + Cochimi vocabulary collected in the center of the peninsula of + Lower California, in the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; + the Kiliwee 150 miles farther north. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1864. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma; 186 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected in the vicinity of Fort Yuma. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'tääm. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. + +=Galbraith= (F.G.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Santa + Clara, New Mexico. + 14 ll. folio. Collected in 1880. + +=Gardiner= (_Bishop_ --.). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Gardiner= (W.H.). Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by W.H. Gardiner, + Assistant Surgeon, U.S.A. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Achomâwi, Pit River, + Northeast California. + 11 pp. folio. Includes dialects of Big Valley, Hot Springs, and + Goose Lake. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California, from Red + Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M. Wolfe, + Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Government. + 5 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. The + Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material collected at Grande + Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877. + +---- Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from General + Pleasant Porter and Mr. R. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek Nation to + the United States Government, 1879-'80. + 4 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Káyowē Linguistic Material. + 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation. + Collected February and March, 1880, from Itáli Duⁿmoi, or + "Hunting Boy", a young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed + at the Smithsonian Institution, and afterwards sent to the Indian + School at Carlisle, Pa. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfálati dialect. + Pp. 1-399. sm. 4^o, in five blank books. Consists of texts with + interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and + sentences. + +---- List of Suffixes of the Tualati or Atfálati Dialect of the + Kalapuya of Oregon. + Blank book, sm. 4^o. Arranged in 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Atfálati or Wápatu Lake + Language. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--nearly + complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lúkamiute and Ahántchuyuk Dialects of the + Kalapuya Family. + 16 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to de Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian Agency, 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya + Family. + 9 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. + +---- Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Rancheria of the + Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California. + 84 pp. sm. 4^o, blank book. Text with, interlinear translation, + phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Mólale Language. + 30 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877. + +---- Texts in the Mólale Language with Interlinear Translation. + 12 ll. folio. Consists of a short description of marriage + ceremonies, the "Myth of the Coyote", and a "Raid of the Cayuse + Indians". Collected at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877, from + Stephen Savage. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohawk. + 7 ll. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of + Brantford, in 1876. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nönstöki or Nestuccas Dialect of the Selish + family. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack", of + Salmon River, Oregonian Coast. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary. + 84 ll. sm. 4^o. Alphabetically arranged from materials collected + at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The informants + were two young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure + blood Shasti (or Sásti) Indians, who had come from the Grand Ronde + Indian Agency, a distance of 25 miles. Their old home is the Shasti + Valley, near Yreka, Cal. + +---- Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary. + 69 ll. sm. 4^o. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath woman + living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County, + Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sáwăno or Shawnee. + 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans of + the Shawnees with their totems. + +---- Sháwano Linguistic Material. + 24 pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic + forms, phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, + from Charles Bluejacket, delegate of Shawano tribe to the United + States Government. + +---- Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary. + 52 pp. sm. 4^o. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language. + 22 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. + Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indians, Des Chutes, Oreg.; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1875. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanéssisi Dialects of the Chinuk Family. + 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Zuñian Language, with grammatic remarks. + 10 ll. folio. Obtained from a Zuñi boy about 10 years old, who + was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 1880. + +=Geisdorff= (_Dr._ Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Gibbs= (George). Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of + America. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the Northwest. + 23 ll. 8^o and folio. + +---- Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kenai, and Atna Languages. + 25 ll. 4^o in folio. + +---- Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon + Territories. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and Humboldt Bay, + accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages. + 25 ll. folio. + +---- Principles of Algonquin Grammar. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chikasaw; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Clallam; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cowlitz; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Creek; 200 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hoopah; 180 words. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity River, in + 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klikatat; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in 1854. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Fraser's River; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected in 1858. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 200 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Athapasca; 100 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, California, + accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes. + 7 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New York, 1863. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sawanwan; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Grossman= (_Capt._ F.E.). Some Words of the Languages of the Pimo and + Papago Indians of Arizona Territory. + 80 pp. 4^o. English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically + arranged. Accompanied by a few grammatic notes and three stories + with interlinear English translation. Collected at the Gila River + Reservation during 1871. + +=Gilbert= (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Wallapai; 411 words. + 23 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878. + +=Hale= (Horatio). Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same. + 30 pp. 4^o. + +=Hamilton= (A.S.). Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the Tahcully, + Athapasca; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Hamilton= (S.M.). Chippewa Vocabulary; 180 words. + 20 pp. folio. + +=Hamilton= (_Rev._ William). Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha; 112 words. + 12 ll. oblong folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged. + 33 ll. 4^o. + +=Hazen= (_Gen._ W.B.). Vocabulary of the Takilma; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabularies of the Upper Rogue River Languages--Applegate + (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta; 180 words each. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Heintzelman= (_Gen._ --.). Vocabulary of the Cocopa; 100 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +=Helmsing= (J.S.). Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona and + Southeast California; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Henderson= (Alexander). Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of + Honduras (from Belize to Little Rock). Belize, 1872. + Pp. 1-340. 12^o in eight blank books. + +=Higgins= (N.S.). Notes on the Apaches of Arizona. + 30 pp. folio. Includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of + tribes, etc. + +=Husband= (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Laramie, + 1849. + +=Jones= (J.B.). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain dialect; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +=Jordan= (_Capt._ Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Kantz= (August V.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Isleta, + N. Mex. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1869. + +---- Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kirk= (Charles W.). Hymns in the Wyandot Language. + 24 ll. 4^o. + +=Kenicott= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie + River. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians of the Mountains west of Fort + Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)--Beaver Indians of + Peace River west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh (People + of the Rocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of Fort Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kent= (--.). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English translation. + 8 pp. folio. Accompanied by a similar list revised by Rev. + William Hamilton. 7 pp. folio. + +=Keres.= Vocabulary of the Keres; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Knipe= (C.). Nootka or Tahkahh Vocabulary; 250 words. + 7 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Leyendecher= (John Z.). _See_ =Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= + (John Z.). + +=MacGowan= (_Dr._ D.J.). Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic + notes. + 8 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Comanches; 200 words. + 6 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1865. + +=McBeth= (S.L.). Vocabulary of the Nez Percé; 211 words. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Grammar of the Nez Percé Language. + 66 ll. folio. + +=McDonald= (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=McElroy= (Patrick D.). Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache; 275 words. + 15 ll. 4^o. Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in + 1875. + +=Mahan= (I.L.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe. + Pp. 8-102. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, + 1st ed.--nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879. Mr. + Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis. + +=Meulen= (_Lieut._ E. de). Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook's Inlet. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1870. + +=Milhau= (_Dr._ John J.). Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay, No. 1); + 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of Coos Bay, No. 2; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams emptying + between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and on the Umpqua + River for twenty miles above the mouth. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon. 180 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yakona; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Language of the Coast Indians lying between Cape + Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona Rivers. + +=Mowry= (_Lieut._ Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma--an + intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from Miss Olive Oatman, who was for years + a prisoner among these Indians. + +=Muskoki.= Hymn: What a Friend we have in Jesus. + 1 sheet folio. Translator unknown. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek and Cherokee; 211 words in parallel + columns. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. Collector + unknown. + +=Nichols= (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1868. + +=Noosoluph.= Vocabularies of the Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and + Kwinaiutl. + 11 pp. 4^o. Collector unknown. + +=Ober= (Frederick A.). Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Dominica and + St. Vincent; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Packard= (Robert L.). Terms of relationship used by the Navajo Indians. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in + 1881. + +=Palmer= (_Dr._ Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of + Taowa; 40 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pinaleño and Arivaipa Apache; 200 words. + 3 ll. 4^o. + +=Parry= (_Dr._). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Forwarded by Maj. W.H. Emory, + 1852. + +=Pâni.= Vocabulary of the Hueco or Waco; 50 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kichai; 30 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Pike= (_Gen._ Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki Language. + 20 ll. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes. + +---- Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli. + 27 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, Natchez, + Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee. + 56 ll. folio. These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns + for comparative purposes, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words + each. The manuscript was submitted to Mr. J.H. Trumbull, of + Hartford, Conn., for examination, and was by him copied on slips, + each containing one English word and its equivalent in the dialects + given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They were + then sent to Mrs. A.E.W. Robertson, of Tullahassee, Ind. T., who + inserted the Chickasaw. These cards are also in the possession of + the Bureau of Ethnology. + +---- Vocabulary of the Osage; 200 words. + 11 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toncawe; 175 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +=Pilling= (James C.). Words and Phrases in the Wundát or Wyandot + Language. + 36 ll. folio. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot Chief, + 1880. + +=Pope= (_Maj._ F.L.). Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Language. + 14 pp. 4^o. "The tribe known as the Sicannies inhabit the tract + of country lying to the northwest of Lake Tatla, in British + Columbia, and their language is nearly the same as that spoken by + the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine." + +=Poston= (Charles D.). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona; 180 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Powell= (John Wesley). Conjugation of Ute Verbs. + 438 ll. 4^o. + +---- Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes of + Colorado and Utah. + 120 ll. 4^o. + +---- Notes on the Shinumo Language. + 44 pp. 4^o. Collected at Oraibi, N. Mex., in 1870. + +---- Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai-Utes, + 1871-'72. + 194 pp. folio. + +---- Ute Vocabulary. + 11 ll. 4^o. Contains also a brief list of duals and plurals of + nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs. + +---- Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute. + 71 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian named Seguits, from Skull + Valley, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-há-va (Mojaves); 55 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in Las Vegas Valley, Nev., October, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev. + 93 ll. 4^o. Contains conjugation of the verbs "to strike" and "to + eat." + +---- Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance. + +---- Vocabulary of the Noje. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1881. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pavants of Utah. + 17 ll. 4^o. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 61 ll. 4^o. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 77 ll. 4^o. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nevada, 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso, Western Nevada. + 25 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d + ed., incomplete. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Nevada. + 9 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada. + 37 ll. 4^o and folio. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand River, Colorado. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva). + 18 ll. 4^o. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tosauwihi--Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada. + 56 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Uchi; 50 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ute Indians of Utah. + 16 ll. 4^o. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of Weber River, Utah. + 23 pp. 8^o and 4^o. Collected in 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers, Utah. + 62 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wintu´n. + 40 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1880. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect of the + Shoshoni Language. + 103 ll. 4^o. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Kaibab + Creek, Southern Utah. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah + Territory. + 487 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 185 words. + 2 ll. folio. Mr. Powell is Superintendent of Indian Affairs, + Canada. + +=Powers= (Stephen). Vocabulary of the Modoc; 31 words. + 1 sheet folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tolowa; 10 words. + 1 l. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hupâ Languages; 211 words each. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Washo; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Carson City, Nev., + 1876. + +=Preston= (_Capt._ William). Vocabulary of the Delewes. + 1 p. folio. This and the three following vocabularies were taken + in 1796 by Capt. William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, + and found in a memorandum book originally belonging to him, but now + in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the + Washington and Lee University. + +---- Vocabulary of the Potawatomy; 50 words. + 1 p. folio. + +---- Words and Sentences in Miami. + 6 pp. folio. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Renshawe= (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi. + 21 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona. + +=Ridgway= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Washo; 75 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected at Carson City, Nev. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Alfred Longley). Language of the Dakotas and cognate + tribes; by Alfred L. Riggs, A.B., B.D., Missionary of the American + Board. + 24 ll. 8^o. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Stephen Return). Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, + Winnebago, Omaha, and Ponka. + 9 ll. folio. Includes a few grammatic forms. + +---- Dictionary of the Santee Dakota--Dakota-English and + English-Dakota. + 820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and + will form Part 2 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American + Ethnology. Part 1 will consist of myths and stories with + interlinear translation, and a Grammar of this dialect. It is in an + advanced stage of preparation. + +=Robertson= (_Mrs._ Ann Eliza Worcester). Vocabulary of the Chickasaw. + On slips. _See_ Pike (_Gen._ Albert). + +=Roehrig= (F.L.O.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages. + 50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead; + Kalispelm; Spokan; Skoyelpi; Okinaken; S'chitsui; Shiwapmuth; + Piskwaus. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second series. + 42 ll. 4^o. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam, + Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait. + +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean Language. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men). + 6 ll. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years + in the Hudson Bay Company's service. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay River. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes + residing in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie + Rivers. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon River. + 6 ll. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among + these Indians for about ten years. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sikani. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Semple= (J.E.). Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language; 35 words. + 1 l. 4^o. Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon. + +=Sherwood= (_Lieut._ W.L.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and Coyotero + Apaches, with notes. + 7 ll. folio. + +=Shortess= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chinook. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Smart= (_Capt._ Charles). Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with + notes. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Arizona. + +=Smith= (E. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound; 190 + words. + 10 pp. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Stubbs= (A.W.). Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--not + complete. + +=Sutter= (Emil V.). Maidu Vocabulary; 60 words. + 2 ll. folio. Collected from the Indians of Feather and Yuba + Rivers. + +=Swan= (James G.). A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, + Contributions to North American Ethnology. + 4 ll. folio. + +---- A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of Prince of + Wales Archipelago. + 19 pp. 8^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 21 ll. folio. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Tassin= (_Lieut._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Arrapaho; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Thomas= (_Gen._ George H.). Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma Languages. + 8 ll. 4^o. 35 Navajo words; 100 of the Yuma. + +=Thompson= (Almond Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 5 ll. 12^o and 8 ll. 4^o. + +=Tinnéan.= Vocabulary of the Hong Kutchin. + 4 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha; + 75 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Kootnay; 165 words. + 3 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Vetromile= (_Rev._ Eugene). A Dictionary of the Abnaki + Language--English-Abnaki and Abnaki-English. + 3 vols. folio. Material collected by Father Vetromile while + missionary among the Abnakis during the years 1855 to 1873. Volume + 1, pp. 1-573 contains prefatory remarks, description of the + alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including brief + grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English + dictionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains + further remarks on the grammar, and a continuation of the + Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z, inclusive. The dictionary in + each of these volumes is divided into four columns; the first + containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rev. Father + Rasles; the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; + and the fourth, Micmac. Volume 3, pp., 1-791, contains the + Abnaki-English dictionary, A to Z, and includes words in the + Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and + Passamaquoddy dialects. + +=Wabass= (--.). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages. + 1 l. folio. Collected in 1858. + +=White= (Ammi M.). Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at the Pima and + Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864. + +=White= (_Dr._ John B.). Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, + &c., of the Apache Language. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Degrees of Relationship in the Language of the Apache. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the Names by + which they are called by the Apaches. + 5 ll. 4^o. + +---- Remarks on the General Relations of the Apache Language. + 7 ll. 4^o. + +---- Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women, and + children with the Apache names. + 15 pp. 12^o. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation in + Arizona. + +---- Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages. + 110 pp. 12^o. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, '74, + '75. + +---- Sentences in the Tonto Language. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +=Willard= (Celeste N.). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1869. + +=Williamson= (_Rev._ Thomas S.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, + Omaha, Ponka, and Dakota, with remarks on the same. + 38 pp. 4^o. + +=Wowodsky= (_Gov._ --.). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook's Inlet Bay. + 2 ll. folio. + +=Wright= (_Rev._ Allen). Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + + + + +Index + + +Gibbs, George, comparative vocabulary 555 +Schoolcraft, Henry R., Comparative vocabulary 555 +Whitney, J.D., alphabet, on the 557 + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +The following author names, which originally appeared as continued names +at the top of a page, were replaced with ----: + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabulary of the Piro. +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Siksikhōä, or Blackfoot +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William. M.). Vocabulary of the Yuma +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill + Dialect of the Kalapuya Family +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanéssisi + Dialects of the Chinuk Family. +=Gibbs= (George). Vocabulary of the Makah +=McBeth= (S.L.). Grammar of the Nez Percé Language. +=Powell= (John Wesley). Ute Vocabulary. +=Powell= (J.W.). Vocabulary of the Kootenay +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + +The following misspelled words were maintained in this version of the +book: + +p. 563 Smithonian for Smithsonian +p. 565 ethnopaphic for ethnographic + +The following word phrase was inconsistently spelled: + +Grand Ronde / Grande Ronde + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In +The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + +***** This file should be named 17262-0.txt or 17262-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/2/6/17262/ + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothèque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/17262-0.zip b/17262-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ef05ec --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-0.zip diff --git a/17262-8.txt b/17262-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9daaf69 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2039 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The +Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)) + +Author: James Constantine Pilling + +Release Date: December 9, 2005 [EBook #17262] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + + + + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + + + + +Transcriber's Note: This work was originally published as a part of: + +Powell, J.W. +1881 _First Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the + Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 1879-'80_. pp. 553-577. + Washington: Government Printing Office. + +The Table of Contents and Index included in this version were abstracted +from the full publication and inserted in the appropriate place. + +This book has a number of characters that cannot be represented in a +text format. The following coding has been used for these characters. + +[)a] a with breve +[C/] C with stroke +[=e] e with macron +[n] superscript n, used to represent nasalization of the preceding + vowel +[=o] o with macron + +Author names which were repeated when occurring as the first entry on +a new page have been replaced with ---- to keep the consistency of the +listings. A list of these author names is included at the end of the +text along with a list of misspelled and inconsistently spelled words. + + + + +SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION--BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + * * * * * + + CATALOGUE + OF + LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS + IN THE + LIBRARY OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + BY + + JAMES C. PILLING. + + + + +Table of Contents + + +Introductory 555 +List of manuscripts 562 + + + + +CATALOGUE OF LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY +OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + +BY JAMES C. PILLING. + + +Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraft, while engaged in the preparation of his +work--"Information respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of +the Indian Tribes of the United States"--sent to various persons +residing among the Indians a "Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of +the Indian Tribes of the United States," a quarto paper of 25 pages, +comprising 350 words, and the numerals one to one billion. The returns +from this were for the most part incorporated in his work; a few, +however, found their way into the collection of the Smithsonian +Institution. + +In 1853-'54, Mr. George Gibbs, while engaged under Gov. Isaac I. Stevens +in "Explorations for a route for the Pacific Railroad near the 47th and +49th parallels of north latitude," became interested in the study of the +languages of the Indians inhabiting the Northwest, and collected many +vocabularies. To further extend this work, he prepared and had printed a +folio paper of three leaves entitled "A vocabulary of 180 words which it +is desired to collect in the different languages and dialects throughout +the Pacific Coast for publication by the Smithsonian Institute at +Washington." + +These were sent to such persons as, in his judgment, were competent to +furnish the material desired, and many of them, filled or partly filled, +were returned to him. A second edition of this vocabulary, 6 ll., folio, +was issued. + +In 1863 there was published by the Smithsonian Institution a pamphlet +with the following title: + +Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | --160-- | Instructions | for + research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of | America. | + Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George Gibbs. | + Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. + +2 p. ll., pp. 1-51. 8^o. + +In his introductory remarks, Professor Henry thus states the object of +the paper: + +"The Smithsonian Institution is desirous of extending and completing its +collections of facts and materials relative to the Ethnology, +Archology, and Philology of the races of mankind inhabiting, either now +or at any previous period, the continent of America, and earnestly +solicits the coperation in this object of all officers of the United +States Government, and travellers or residents who may have it in their +power to render any assistance." + +Under the head of Philology, Mr. Gibbs gave a brief account of some of +the peculiarities of Indian languages, with general directions for the +best method of collecting certain words; a simple and practical +alphabet; and a vocabulary in English, Spanish, French, and Latin of 211 +words. Speaking of the latter, he says: + +"In view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of +the various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of +officers of the government, travellers, and others, the following is +recommended as a STANDARD VOCABULARY. It is mainly the one prepared by +the late Hon. Albert Gallatin, with a few changes made by Mr. Hale, the +Ethnologist of the United States Exploring Expedition, and is adopted as +that upon which nearly all the collections hitherto made for the purpose +of comparison have been based. For the purpose of ascertaining the more +obvious relations between the various members of existing families this +number is deemed sufficient. The remote affinities must be sought in a +wider research, demanding a degree of acquaintance with their languages +beyond the reach of transient visitors." + +The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing +paper, 10 ll., 4^o, and reprinted, 6 ll., folio, and was distributed +widely among the missionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local +collectors in ethnology, and has served a valuable purpose, resulting in +the collection by the Smithsonian Institution of a large number of +vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and dialects of the +Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico. + +This material, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs +for revision and classification--a work in which he was engaged at the +time of his death, which occurred before any of it was published. + +In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J.W. Powell, +then in charge of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey +of the Rocky Mountain Region, to be consolidated and published in +connection with like material collected by himself and his assistants +while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States. A +number were accordingly published in the "Contributions to North +American Ethnology," Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by the +Survey. + +Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian Institution, +Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the following paper: + +Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with words, phrases, + and sentences to be collected. | By J.W. Powell. | Washington: | + Government Printing Office. | 1877. + +Pp. 1-104, 10 ruled ll., 4^o. + +In his opening remarks, referring to the manuscripts derived from the +distribution of Mr. Gibbs' paper, the author says: "It has, in fact, +greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser direction to inquiry, +and the results have abundantly proved the value of the 'Instructions' +and the wisdom of its publication; and it serves to mark an epoch in the +history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which has +thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such +important conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of +instruction, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. +First, it is found necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a +greater number of sounds, which have been discovered in the North +American languages, and to mark other letters with greater precision. +Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary so as to modify it +somewhat, as experience has dictated, so that new words may be +collected. Third, it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences +should be given--so chosen as to bring out the more important +characteristics of grammatic structure." + +In the preparation of this paper, the alphabet was considered to be of +prime importance. Concerning it, the author says: "After devoting much +time to the consideration of the subject, and the examination of many +alphabets devised by scholars and linguists, none was found against +which there was not serious objections, and the author attempted to +devise an alphabet which would contain all the supposed requirements; +but there were many difficulties in the way, and many compromises to be +made in weighing the various considerations. At this stage of the work +he applied to the eminent philologist, Prof. W.D. Whitney, for +assistance. After much consultation and the weighing of the many +considerations arising from the large amount of manuscript material in +the author's hands, Professor Whitney kindly prepared the following +paper on the alphabet." + +The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in +schedules, each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for +additions, as follows: + + I. Persons, 15 words. + + II. Parts of the body, 103 words. + + III. Relationships: + Relationships arising from the first and second generations, + 58 words. + Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words. + Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words. + Names of children in order of birth, 26 words. + + IV. Social organization. + + V. Governmental organization, 22 words. + + VI. Religion, 6 words. + + VII. Disposal of the dead, 8 words. + +VIII. Dress and ornaments, 39 words. + + IX. Dwellings, 26 words. + + X. Implements and utensils, 36 words. + Basket-ware, 15 words. + Woodenware, 7 words. + Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c., 5 words. + Stone implements, 13 words. + Pottery, &c., 11 words. + + XI. Food, 6 words. + + XII. Games and sports, 5 words. + + XIII. Animals: + Mammals, 91 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words. + Birds, 192 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of birds, 26 words. + Fish, 12 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words. + Reptiles, 6 words. + Insects, 11 words. + + XIV. Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c., 8 words. + + XV. The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects, 41 words. + + XVI. Geographic terms, 8 words. + + XVII. Geographic names. + +XVIII. Colors, 13 words. + + XIX. Numerals: + Cardinal numbers, 58 words (1-1000). + Ordinal numbers, 30 words. + Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words. + Multiplicatives, 22 words. + Distributives, 23 words. + + XX. Measures. + + XXI. Divisions of time, 29 words. + + XXII. Standard of value. + +XXIII. New words, 84 words. + + XXIV. Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c. + +This paper was prepared with special reference to the wants of the +collector, being printed on bond paper and bound in flexible cloth. It +was widely distributed and, like that of Mr. Gibbs, resulted in the +collection of valuable linguistic material. + +In 1879 Congress consolidated the various surveys, including that of the +Rocky Mountain Region, into the United States Geological Survey, but +made provision for continuing the publication of the Contributions to +North American Ethnology under the direction of the Secretary of the +Smithsonian Institution, and directed that the ethnologic material in +Major Powell's hands be turned over to the Institution. Thus the Bureau +of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution was organized, and Major +Powell was placed at its head. + +By this time the growing interest manifested in the study of North +American linguistics rendered necessary the preparation of a new edition +of the Introduction. In the words of the author: + +"The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the +author, alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more +advanced wants and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these +circumstances the present edition is published. It does not purport to +be a philosophic treatment of the subject of language; it is not a +comparative grammar of Indian tongues; it is simply a series of +explanations of certain characteristics almost universally found by +students of Indian languages--the explanations being of such a +character as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons +practically at work in the field on languages with which they are +unfamiliar. The book is a body of directions for collectors. + +"It is believed that the system of schedules, followed _seriatim_, will +lead the student in a proper way to the collection of linguistic +materials; that the explanations given will assist him in overcoming the +difficulties which he is sure to encounter; and that the materials when +collected will constitute valuable contributions to philology. It has +been the effort of the author to connect the study of language with the +study of other branches of anthropology, for a language is best +understood when the habits, customs, institutions, philosophy--the +subject-matter of thought embodied in the language--are best known. The +student of language should be a student of the people who speak the +language; and to this end the book has been prepared, with many hints +and suggestions relating to other branches of anthropology." + +The title of this publication is as follows: + +Smithsonian Institution--Bureau of Ethnology | J.W. Powell Director | + Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages | with | Words + Phrases and Sentences to be Collected | By J.W. Powell | Second + edition--with charts | Washington | Government Printing Office | + 1880 + +Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 ruled leaves. 4^o. + +The following is the + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + +CHAPTER I.--ON THE ALPHABET. + + Page. +Vowels 4 + Diphthongs 5 +Consonants 6 + Mutes 6 + Nasals 7 + Spirants 8 + Sibilants 9 + W, Y, R, L, and H 9 + Interrupted sounds 11 + Synthetic sounds 12 + Complex combinations 13 +Alphabet 14 + +CHAPTER II.--HINTS AND EXPLANATIONS. + + 1.--Persons 18 + 2.--Parts of the body 18 + 3.--Dress and ornaments 18 + 4.--Dwellings 20 + 5.--Implements and utensils 23 + 6.--Food 24 + 7.--Colors 25 + 8.--Numerals 25 + 9.--Measures 26 + 10.--Division of time 27 + 11.--Standards of value 27 + 12.--Animals 28 + 13.--Plants, &c. 29 + 14.--Geographic terms 29 + 15.--Geographic names 30 + 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects 30 + 17.--Kinship 30 + 18.--Social organization 38 + 19.--Government 40 + 20.--Religion 41 + 21.--Mortuary customs 42 + 22.--Medicine 43 + 23.--Amusements 44 + 24.--New words 45 + Remarks on nouns 46 + 25.--Accidents of nouns--demonstrative and adjective pronouns 46 + 26.--Personal and article pronouns--transitive verbs 47 + 27.--Possession 49 + 28.--Intransitive verbs--adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns + used as verbs 49 + 29.--Voice, mode, and tense 51 + 30.--Additional investigations suggested 55 + 31.--On the best method of studying materials collected 59 + 32.--The rank of Indian languages 69 + +CHAPTER III.--SCHEDULES. + +Schedule 1.--Persons 77 + 2.--Parts of the body 78 + 3.--Dress and ornaments 82 + 4.--Dwellings 84 + 5.--Implements and utensils 88 + Wooden ware 90 + Stone implements 91 + Shell, horn, bone, &c. 92 + Basket ware 93 + Pottery 94 + 6.--Food 95 + 7.--Colors 96 + 8.--Numerals--Cardinal numbers 97 + Ordinal numbers 98 + Numeral adverbs, &c. 100 + Multiplicatives 101 + Distributives 102 + 9.--Measures 103 + 10.--Division of time 105 + 11.--Standards of value 107 + 12.--Animals--Mammals 109 + Parts of body, &c., of mammals 113 + Birds 115 + Parts of body, &c., of birds 121 + Fish 122 + Parts of the body, &c., of fish 123 + Reptiles 124 + Insects 125 + 13.--Plants 127 + 14.--Geographic terms 129 + 15.--Geographic names 131 + 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena + and objects 132 + 17.--Kinship.--Relatives.--Lineal descendants of self, male + speaking 134 + Lineal ascendants of self, male + speaking 135 + First collateral line, male + speaking 136 + Second collateral line, male + speaking 137 + Third collateral line, male + speaking 139 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), male speaking 146 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), male speaking 147 + Lineal descendants of self, female + speaking 148 + Lineal ascendants of self, female + speaking 149 + First collateral line, female + speaking 150 + Second collateral line, female + speaking 151 + Third collateral line, female + speaking 153 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), female speaking 160 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), female speaking 161 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, male speaking 162 + First collateral + line, male + speaking 163 + Second collateral + line, male + speaking 164 + Third collateral + line, male + speaking 166 + Affinities through the marriage of self, male + speaking 171 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, female speaking 172 + First collateral + line, female + speaking 173 + Second collateral + line, female + speaking 174 + Third collateral + line, female + speaking 176 + Affinities through the marriage of self, female + speaking 181 + Ordinal names of children 182 + 18.--Social organization 183 + 19.--Government 185 + 20.--Religion 186 + 21.--Mortuary customs 187 + 22.--Medicine 189 + 23.--Amusements 191 + 24.--New words 192 + 25.--Number and gender of nouns--Demonstrative and adjective + pronouns 196 + 26.--Personal and article pronouns--Transitive verbs 200 + 27.--Possession 206 + 28.--Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, + and nouns used as verbs 210 + 29.--Voice, mode and tense 221 + 30.--Additional investigations suggested 228 + +Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the +alphabet and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the +first edition of the work, and in the second Major Powell has made many +modifications. The schedule of relationship was so large that graphic +representation was considered necessary, and charts were prepared which +it was thought both the student and the Indian could follow it with +comparative ease. Experience has shown that the idea was well founded. + +As in the first edition, blank spaces were given after each schedule for +such additions as might suggest themselves to the collector; and to +further facilitate the work separate alphabet cards of convenient size +accompanied the volume. + +This publication has not been long enough in the hands of collectors to +meet with great returns, though a sufficient number have been received, +filled or partly filled, to justify the Bureau in anticipating, in the +not distant future, the receipt of a body of material prepared according +to scientific methods which, when published, will prove a valuable +contribution to this branch of ethnologic research. + +=Abbott= (G.H.). Vocabulary of the Coquille; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collected in 1858, at the Silets Indian Agency. + +=Anderson= (Alexander C.). Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with + Notes. + 12 ll. folio. Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the + following dialects: Chipwyan, Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper + Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Hopah Haynarger. + +---- Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast. + 12 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Athabasca; + 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Arny= (_Gov._ W.F.M.). Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1874. Governor Arny + was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W.B. Forrey. + +=Arroyo de la Cuesta= (_P._ Felipe). Idiomas Californios. + 32 pp. folio. This manuscript, containing 12 short vocabularies, + was copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E.T. + Murray. The following are the vocabularies: Esselen, or + Huelel--Mutsun; San Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; + Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista--Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; + San Luis Rey; Karkin--Mutsun; Tuichun--Mutsun(?); Saclan; + Suisun--Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen--Mutsun; Lathruunun--Yokuts. + +=Azpell= (_Assist. Surg._ Thos. F.). Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and + Klamath; 200 words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in California in 1870. + +=Baer= (John). Vocabularies of the Yerigen (Tchuktchi), 250 words; and of + the Chaklock, 100 words. + 10 ll. folio. Mr. Baer accompanied the Rogers Ex. Ex. The Yerigen + words were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of Seniavine, west + side of Behring Straits. The Chaklock words from the inhabitants of + the island of Chaklock, about two miles to the southward. + +=Balitz= (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in the Aleutian + Islands in 1868. + +=Ballou= (E.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Language. + 162 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2 + ed. Collected at the Shoshone and Bannock Agency, Wyoming + Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are neglected, and many + are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much to the + value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes. + +=Bannister= (Henry M.). Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barnhardt= (W.H.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the + Umpqua, Lower Rogue River, and Calapooa Indians; 160 words. + 4 ll. folio. + +=Barnhart= (--.). Vocabulary of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lower Rogue River Indians; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barker= (J.C.). Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission, Lower + California; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1876. + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabularies of the Cahita, Opate, and + Tarahumara; 200 words each. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ceris; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosillo, a native, + January, 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cochimi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a + chief of the Coppermine Apaches, July, 1851. + +---- Vocabulary of the Diegeno; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Dieguina; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast + in the neighborhood of San Diego. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kioway; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithonian form. Collected from Esteban, a + Mexican in the service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had + been a captain seven years among the Comanches and Kioways in + Texas. + +---- Vocabulary of the Piro. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from two of the + principal men of the pueblo of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso + del Norte. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tigua. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from Santiago Ortiz + (Ahebatu), head chief of Sineca, Isleta, &c. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. The above material was collected by Mr. Bartlett + while on the Mexican Boundary Commission. + +=Belden= (_Lieut._ George P.). Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon. + 27 ll. 12^o. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux, alphabetically arranged. + 182 pp. 8^o. Collected in 1868. + +=Bennett= (_Lieut. Col._ Clarence B.). Vocabulary of the Yuma; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864. + +=Berendt= (_Dr._ Carl Herman). Vocabulary of the Maya; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and Maya + Languages. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form, with a few additions. + +=Berson= (F.). Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California. + 8 ll. sm. 4^o. Collected in November, 1851. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +---- Yuki-English and English-Yuki Dictionary. + 45 pp. sm. 4^o Collected in 1851 from a band of Indians fifty + miles south of Clear Lake, California. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +=Bierstadt= (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected, 1863. + +=Bissell= (George P.). Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon. + 46 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua. + 5 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1876. + +=Brackett= (_Col._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Absaraka, or Crow. + 11 pp. folio. Collected at Fort Laramie, Wyoming, 1879. + +=Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= (John). Vocabulary of the + Comanche Indians; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected April, 1867. + +=Chamberlain= (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Melicite + (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Collected + December, 1880. + +=Chapin= (_Col._ G.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867, Camp + Goodwin, Arizona. + +=Cheroki.= Vocabulary of the Cherokee, or Tseloge; 88 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Siksikh[=o], or Blackfoot; 180 words. + 7 pp. folio. Recorded March, 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tshihalish; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Corbusier= (William H.). Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or Yavape; and + Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa, with ethnopaphic notes. + 54 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian + Languages--nearly complete. Collected at the Rio Verde Agency, + Arizona, 1873, '74, '75. + +=Corliss= (_Capt._ A.W.). Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brul + band. + 50 pp. 4^o. "Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brul + Sioux Indians on the White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874." + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Copied + from original manuscript loaned by Captain Corliss. + +=Clark= (W.C.). Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 at Yneks. + +=Craig= (R.O.). Vocabulary of the Skagit and Snohomish. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1858. + +=Cremony= (John C.). Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque + Redondo, on the Pecos River, N. Mex., in 1863. + +=Crook= (_Gen._ George). Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity + River, California; 180 words. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahluwah; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Denig= (E.T.). Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E.T. Denig, Indian agent, + Fort Union. + 6 pp. folio. + +=Diezman= (F.J.). Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, prepared by + F.J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua. + 16 ll. 4^o. Prepared in 1865. + +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Myths, Stories, and Letters in the [C/]egiha + Language. + 750 pp. folio. This material is in hands of the printer, and will + form Part I, Vol. 6, Contributions to North American Ethnology. It + comprises 70 stories and myths and 300 letters, each with + interlinear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation. + +---- Grammar of the [C/]egiha Language. + 800 pp. folio. Will form Part 2 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- [C/]egiha Dictionary--[C/]egiha-English and English-[C/]egiha, + alphabetically arranged; contains 20,000 words. + 22,000 slips. Will form Part 3 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Iowas, Otos, and Missouris. + 1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters, with + interlinear translation, a dictionary of 9,000 words, and a + grammar. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language. + 75 pp. folio and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter, grammatic + notes, and dictionary of 2,000 words. + +---- Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Eels= (_Rev._ Myron). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Chemakum. + 37 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Washington Territory, + 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclallam. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation in 1878. + Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns + and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwksin Dialect of the + Niskwall Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives, cases of + pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to + drink". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and gender of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive + case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and + "to drink". + +=Eskimo.= Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton Bay; + Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St. Elias; of + Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Euphrasia= (_Sister_ M.). Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sister M. + Euphrasia, St. Xavier's Convent, Arizona. + 6 ll. folio. Twenty-seven exercises, and phrases and sentences. + +=Everett= (William E.). Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically arranged; + by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout. + 91 pp. folio. + +=Flachenecker= (_Rev._ George). Notes on the Shyenne Language, by Rev. + Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Nebraska, + September, 1862. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Fletcher= (Robert H.). Vocabulary of the Nez Percs. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1873 in Idaho. + +=Fuertes= (E.A.). Vocabularies of the Chimalapa, or Zoque; Guichicovian, + or Mixe; Zapoteco; and Maya; 200 words each. + 17 ll. 4^o. In parallel columns, accompanied by grammatic notes. + +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William M.). Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee; 211 + words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected April, 1867. The + Cochimi vocabulary collected in the center of the peninsula of + Lower California, in the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; + the Kiliwee 150 miles farther north. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1864. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma; 186 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected in the vicinity of Fort Yuma. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'tm. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. + +=Galbraith= (F.G.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Santa + Clara, New Mexico. + 14 ll. folio. Collected in 1880. + +=Gardiner= (_Bishop_ --.). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Gardiner= (W.H.). Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by W.H. Gardiner, + Assistant Surgeon, U.S.A. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Achomwi, Pit River, + Northeast California. + 11 pp. folio. Includes dialects of Big Valley, Hot Springs, and + Goose Lake. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California, from Red + Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M. Wolfe, + Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Government. + 5 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. The + Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material collected at Grande + Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877. + +---- Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from General + Pleasant Porter and Mr. R. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek Nation to + the United States Government, 1879-'80. + 4 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Kyow[=e] Linguistic Material. + 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation. + Collected February and March, 1880, from Itli Du[n]moi, or + "Hunting Boy", a young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed + at the Smithsonian Institution, and afterwards sent to the Indian + School at Carlisle, Pa. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atflati dialect. + Pp. 1-399. sm. 4^o, in five blank books. Consists of texts with + interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and + sentences. + +---- List of Suffixes of the Tualati or Atflati Dialect of the + Kalapuya of Oregon. + Blank book, sm. 4^o. Arranged in 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Atflati or Wpatu Lake + Language. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--nearly + complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lkamiute and Ahntchuyuk Dialects of the + Kalapuya Family. + 16 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to de Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian Agency, 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya + Family. + 9 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. + +---- Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Rancheria of the + Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California. + 84 pp. sm. 4^o, blank book. Text with, interlinear translation, + phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Mlale Language. + 30 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877. + +---- Texts in the Mlale Language with Interlinear Translation. + 12 ll. folio. Consists of a short description of marriage + ceremonies, the "Myth of the Coyote", and a "Raid of the Cayuse + Indians". Collected at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877, from + Stephen Savage. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohawk. + 7 ll. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of + Brantford, in 1876. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nnstki or Nestuccas Dialect of the Selish + family. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack", of + Salmon River, Oregonian Coast. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary. + 84 ll. sm. 4^o. Alphabetically arranged from materials collected + at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The informants + were two young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure + blood Shasti (or Ssti) Indians, who had come from the Grand Ronde + Indian Agency, a distance of 25 miles. Their old home is the Shasti + Valley, near Yreka, Cal. + +---- Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary. + 69 ll. sm. 4^o. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath woman + living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County, + Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sw[)a]no or Shawnee. + 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans of + the Shawnees with their totems. + +---- Shwano Linguistic Material. + 24 pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic + forms, phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, + from Charles Bluejacket, delegate of Shawano tribe to the United + States Government. + +---- Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary. + 52 pp. sm. 4^o. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language. + 22 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. + Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indians, Des Chutes, Oreg.; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1875. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanssisi Dialects of the Chinuk Family. + 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Zuian Language, with grammatic remarks. + 10 ll. folio. Obtained from a Zui boy about 10 years old, who + was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 1880. + +=Geisdorff= (_Dr._ Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Gibbs= (George). Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of + America. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the Northwest. + 23 ll. 8^o and folio. + +---- Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kenai, and Atna Languages. + 25 ll. 4^o in folio. + +---- Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon + Territories. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and Humboldt Bay, + accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages. + 25 ll. folio. + +---- Principles of Algonquin Grammar. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chikasaw; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Clallam; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cowlitz; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Creek; 200 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hoopah; 180 words. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity River, in + 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klikatat; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in 1854. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Fraser's River; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected in 1858. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 200 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Athapasca; 100 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, California, + accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes. + 7 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New York, 1863. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sawanwan; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Grossman= (_Capt._ F.E.). Some Words of the Languages of the Pimo and + Papago Indians of Arizona Territory. + 80 pp. 4^o. English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically + arranged. Accompanied by a few grammatic notes and three stories + with interlinear English translation. Collected at the Gila River + Reservation during 1871. + +=Gilbert= (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Wallapai; 411 words. + 23 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878. + +=Hale= (Horatio). Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same. + 30 pp. 4^o. + +=Hamilton= (A.S.). Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the Tahcully, + Athapasca; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Hamilton= (S.M.). Chippewa Vocabulary; 180 words. + 20 pp. folio. + +=Hamilton= (_Rev._ William). Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha; 112 words. + 12 ll. oblong folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged. + 33 ll. 4^o. + +=Hazen= (_Gen._ W.B.). Vocabulary of the Takilma; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabularies of the Upper Rogue River Languages--Applegate + (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta; 180 words each. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Heintzelman= (_Gen._ --.). Vocabulary of the Cocopa; 100 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +=Helmsing= (J.S.). Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona and + Southeast California; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Henderson= (Alexander). Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of + Honduras (from Belize to Little Rock). Belize, 1872. + Pp. 1-340. 12^o in eight blank books. + +=Higgins= (N.S.). Notes on the Apaches of Arizona. + 30 pp. folio. Includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of + tribes, etc. + +=Husband= (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Laramie, + 1849. + +=Jones= (J.B.). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain dialect; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +=Jordan= (_Capt._ Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Kantz= (August V.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Isleta, + N. Mex. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1869. + +---- Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kirk= (Charles W.). Hymns in the Wyandot Language. + 24 ll. 4^o. + +=Kenicott= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie + River. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians of the Mountains west of Fort + Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)--Beaver Indians of + Peace River west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh (People + of the Rocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of Fort Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kent= (--.). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English translation. + 8 pp. folio. Accompanied by a similar list revised by Rev. + William Hamilton. 7 pp. folio. + +=Keres.= Vocabulary of the Keres; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Knipe= (C.). Nootka or Tahkahh Vocabulary; 250 words. + 7 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Leyendecher= (John Z.). _See_ =Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= + (John Z.). + +=MacGowan= (_Dr._ D.J.). Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic + notes. + 8 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Comanches; 200 words. + 6 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1865. + +=McBeth= (S.L.). Vocabulary of the Nez Perc; 211 words. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Grammar of the Nez Perc Language. + 66 ll. folio. + +=McDonald= (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=McElroy= (Patrick D.). Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache; 275 words. + 15 ll. 4^o. Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in + 1875. + +=Mahan= (I.L.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe. + Pp. 8-102. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, + 1st ed.--nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879. Mr. + Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis. + +=Meulen= (_Lieut._ E. de). Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook's Inlet. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1870. + +=Milhau= (_Dr._ John J.). Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay, No. 1); + 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of Coos Bay, No. 2; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams emptying + between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and on the Umpqua + River for twenty miles above the mouth. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon. 180 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yakona; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Language of the Coast Indians lying between Cape + Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona Rivers. + +=Mowry= (_Lieut._ Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma--an + intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from Miss Olive Oatman, who was for years + a prisoner among these Indians. + +=Muskoki.= Hymn: What a Friend we have in Jesus. + 1 sheet folio. Translator unknown. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek and Cherokee; 211 words in parallel + columns. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. Collector + unknown. + +=Nichols= (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1868. + +=Noosoluph.= Vocabularies of the Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and + Kwinaiutl. + 11 pp. 4^o. Collector unknown. + +=Ober= (Frederick A.). Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Dominica and + St. Vincent; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Packard= (Robert L.). Terms of relationship used by the Navajo Indians. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in + 1881. + +=Palmer= (_Dr._ Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of + Taowa; 40 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pinaleo and Arivaipa Apache; 200 words. + 3 ll. 4^o. + +=Parry= (_Dr._). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Forwarded by Maj. W.H. Emory, + 1852. + +=Pni.= Vocabulary of the Hueco or Waco; 50 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kichai; 30 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Pike= (_Gen._ Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki Language. + 20 ll. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes. + +---- Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli. + 27 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, Natchez, + Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee. + 56 ll. folio. These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns + for comparative purposes, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words + each. The manuscript was submitted to Mr. J.H. Trumbull, of + Hartford, Conn., for examination, and was by him copied on slips, + each containing one English word and its equivalent in the dialects + given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They were + then sent to Mrs. A.E.W. Robertson, of Tullahassee, Ind. T., who + inserted the Chickasaw. These cards are also in the possession of + the Bureau of Ethnology. + +---- Vocabulary of the Osage; 200 words. + 11 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toncawe; 175 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +=Pilling= (James C.). Words and Phrases in the Wundt or Wyandot + Language. + 36 ll. folio. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot Chief, + 1880. + +=Pope= (_Maj._ F.L.). Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Language. + 14 pp. 4^o. "The tribe known as the Sicannies inhabit the tract + of country lying to the northwest of Lake Tatla, in British + Columbia, and their language is nearly the same as that spoken by + the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine." + +=Poston= (Charles D.). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona; 180 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Powell= (John Wesley). Conjugation of Ute Verbs. + 438 ll. 4^o. + +---- Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes of + Colorado and Utah. + 120 ll. 4^o. + +---- Notes on the Shinumo Language. + 44 pp. 4^o. Collected at Oraibi, N. Mex., in 1870. + +---- Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai-Utes, + 1871-'72. + 194 pp. folio. + +---- Ute Vocabulary. + 11 ll. 4^o. Contains also a brief list of duals and plurals of + nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs. + +---- Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute. + 71 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian named Seguits, from Skull + Valley, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-h-va (Mojaves); 55 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in Las Vegas Valley, Nev., October, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev. + 93 ll. 4^o. Contains conjugation of the verbs "to strike" and "to + eat." + +---- Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance. + +---- Vocabulary of the Noje. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1881. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pavants of Utah. + 17 ll. 4^o. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 61 ll. 4^o. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 77 ll. 4^o. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nevada, 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso, Western Nevada. + 25 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d + ed., incomplete. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Nevada. + 9 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada. + 37 ll. 4^o and folio. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand River, Colorado. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva). + 18 ll. 4^o. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tosauwihi--Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada. + 56 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Uchi; 50 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ute Indians of Utah. + 16 ll. 4^o. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of Weber River, Utah. + 23 pp. 8^o and 4^o. Collected in 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers, Utah. + 62 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wintun. + 40 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1880. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect of the + Shoshoni Language. + 103 ll. 4^o. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Kaibab + Creek, Southern Utah. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah + Territory. + 487 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 185 words. + 2 ll. folio. Mr. Powell is Superintendent of Indian Affairs, + Canada. + +=Powers= (Stephen). Vocabulary of the Modoc; 31 words. + 1 sheet folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tolowa; 10 words. + 1 l. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hup Languages; 211 words each. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Washo; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Carson City, Nev., + 1876. + +=Preston= (_Capt._ William). Vocabulary of the Delewes. + 1 p. folio. This and the three following vocabularies were taken + in 1796 by Capt. William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, + and found in a memorandum book originally belonging to him, but now + in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the + Washington and Lee University. + +---- Vocabulary of the Potawatomy; 50 words. + 1 p. folio. + +---- Words and Sentences in Miami. + 6 pp. folio. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Renshawe= (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi. + 21 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona. + +=Ridgway= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Washo; 75 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected at Carson City, Nev. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Alfred Longley). Language of the Dakotas and cognate + tribes; by Alfred L. Riggs, A.B., B.D., Missionary of the American + Board. + 24 ll. 8^o. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Stephen Return). Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, + Winnebago, Omaha, and Ponka. + 9 ll. folio. Includes a few grammatic forms. + +---- Dictionary of the Santee Dakota--Dakota-English and + English-Dakota. + 820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and + will form Part 2 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American + Ethnology. Part 1 will consist of myths and stories with + interlinear translation, and a Grammar of this dialect. It is in an + advanced stage of preparation. + +=Robertson= (_Mrs._ Ann Eliza Worcester). Vocabulary of the Chickasaw. + On slips. _See_ Pike (_Gen._ Albert). + +=Roehrig= (F.L.O.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages. + 50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead; + Kalispelm; Spokan; Skoyelpi; Okinaken; S'chitsui; Shiwapmuth; + Piskwaus. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second series. + 42 ll. 4^o. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam, + Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait. + +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean Language. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men). + 6 ll. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years + in the Hudson Bay Company's service. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay River. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes + residing in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie + Rivers. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon River. + 6 ll. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among + these Indians for about ten years. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sikani. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Semple= (J.E.). Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language; 35 words. + 1 l. 4^o. Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon. + +=Sherwood= (_Lieut._ W.L.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and Coyotero + Apaches, with notes. + 7 ll. folio. + +=Shortess= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chinook. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Smart= (_Capt._ Charles). Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with + notes. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Arizona. + +=Smith= (E. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound; 190 + words. + 10 pp. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Stubbs= (A.W.). Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--not + complete. + +=Sutter= (Emil V.). Maidu Vocabulary; 60 words. + 2 ll. folio. Collected from the Indians of Feather and Yuba + Rivers. + +=Swan= (James G.). A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, + Contributions to North American Ethnology. + 4 ll. folio. + +---- A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of Prince of + Wales Archipelago. + 19 pp. 8^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 21 ll. folio. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Tassin= (_Lieut._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Arrapaho; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Thomas= (_Gen._ George H.). Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma Languages. + 8 ll. 4^o. 35 Navajo words; 100 of the Yuma. + +=Thompson= (Almond Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 5 ll. 12^o and 8 ll. 4^o. + +=Tinnan.= Vocabulary of the Hong Kutchin. + 4 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha; + 75 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Kootnay; 165 words. + 3 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Vetromile= (_Rev._ Eugene). A Dictionary of the Abnaki + Language--English-Abnaki and Abnaki-English. + 3 vols. folio. Material collected by Father Vetromile while + missionary among the Abnakis during the years 1855 to 1873. Volume + 1, pp. 1-573 contains prefatory remarks, description of the + alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including brief + grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English + dictionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains + further remarks on the grammar, and a continuation of the + Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z, inclusive. The dictionary in + each of these volumes is divided into four columns; the first + containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rev. Father + Rasles; the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; + and the fourth, Micmac. Volume 3, pp., 1-791, contains the + Abnaki-English dictionary, A to Z, and includes words in the + Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and + Passamaquoddy dialects. + +=Wabass= (--.). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages. + 1 l. folio. Collected in 1858. + +=White= (Ammi M.). Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at the Pima and + Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864. + +=White= (_Dr._ John B.). Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, + &c., of the Apache Language. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Degrees of Relationship in the Language of the Apache. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the Names by + which they are called by the Apaches. + 5 ll. 4^o. + +---- Remarks on the General Relations of the Apache Language. + 7 ll. 4^o. + +---- Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women, and + children with the Apache names. + 15 pp. 12^o. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation in + Arizona. + +---- Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages. + 110 pp. 12^o. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, '74, + '75. + +---- Sentences in the Tonto Language. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +=Willard= (Celeste N.). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1869. + +=Williamson= (_Rev._ Thomas S.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, + Omaha, Ponka, and Dakota, with remarks on the same. + 38 pp. 4^o. + +=Wowodsky= (_Gov._ --.). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook's Inlet Bay. + 2 ll. folio. + +=Wright= (_Rev._ Allen). Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + + + + +Index + + +Gibbs, George, comparative vocabulary 555 +Schoolcraft, Henry R., Comparative vocabulary 555 +Whitney, J.D., alphabet, on the 557 + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +The following author names, which originally appeared as continued names +at the top of a page, were replaced with ----: + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabulary of the Piro. +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Siksikh[=o], or Blackfoot +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William. M.). Vocabulary of the Yuma +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill + Dialect of the Kalapuya Family +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanssisi + Dialects of the Chinuk Family. +=Gibbs= (George). Vocabulary of the Makah +=McBeth= (S.L.). Grammar of the Nez Perc Language. +=Powell= (John Wesley). Ute Vocabulary. +=Powell= (J.W.). Vocabulary of the Kootenay +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + +The following misspelled words were maintained in this version of the +book: + +p. 563 Smithonian for Smithsonian +p. 565 ethnopaphic for ethnographic + +The following word phrase was inconsistently spelled: + +Grand Ronde / Grande Ronde + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In +The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + +***** This file should be named 17262-8.txt or 17262-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/2/6/17262/ + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/17262-8.zip b/17262-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..648e2c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-8.zip diff --git a/17262-h.zip b/17262-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..161b949 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-h.zip diff --git a/17262-h/17262-h.htm b/17262-h/17262-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d55f977 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-h/17262-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3070 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Catalogue of Linguistic Manuscripts in the + Library of the Bureau of Ethnology, by James C. Pilling. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + /* Ensure anchors work by positioning them all in the same way */ + a[name] { position:absolute; } + a {text-decoration: none;} + +/* tables */ + .schedules {font-size: 90%;} + .schedules .numbers {text-align: right; padding-right: 1em;} + .schedules .indented {padding-left: 1.5em;} + .schedules .indented2 {padding-left: 3em;} + .schedules .indented3 {padding-left: 3.5em;} + .schedules .indented4 {padding-left: 6.4em;} + .schedules .indented5 {padding-left: 7em;} + .schedules .indented6 {padding-left: 11.1em;} + .schedules .indented7 {padding-left: 17.7em;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + color: gray; + } /* page numbers */ + + .chapterhead {margin-top: 4em; font-weight: normal;} + .blockquot {margin-left: 1.5em; text-indent: 1em; font-size: 90%; margin-top: 0em;} + .hanging {margin-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1.5em; margin-bottom: 0em; text-align: justify;} + .super {font-size: 0.7em; vertical-align: 0.5em; padding: 0.1em;} + + ins.correction {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;} + + .tpborder2 {border-top: solid 1px; border-bottom: solid 1px;} + .tpborder {border-top: solid 1px; border-bottom: solid 1px; + padding-top: 0.1em; padding-bottom: 0.1em;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The +Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)) + +Author: James Constantine Pilling + +Release Date: December 9, 2005 [EBook #17262] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + + + + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<table style="background-color: silver;" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Transcriber's Note"> +<tr> + <td valign="top">Transcriber's Note:</td> + <td valign="top">This work was originally published as a part of: + <p style="margin-bottom: 0em; text-indent: 0em;">Powell, J. W.</p> + <div style="margin-left: 2.6em; text-indent: -2.6em;"><span style="margin-right: 0.5em;">1881</span> <i>First Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the +Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 1879-'80</i>. pp. 553-577. +Washington: Government Printing Office.</div> + +<p>The Table of Contents and Index included in this version were extracted +from the full publication and inserted in the appropriate place.</p> + +<p>A number of typographical errors found in the +original text have been maintained in this version. They are <ins class="correction" title="correction">marked</ins> +and the corrected text is shown in the popup. A <a href="#note">list</a> of these +errors is found at the end of this book, along with a list of repeated author names which were +replaced by —— in the bibliographic list.</p></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page553" id="page553">[553]</a></span></p> + +<div class="tpborder"> +<div class="tpborder2"> +<h3 style="font-weight: normal;">SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION—BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.</h3> + +<hr style='width: 45%; border: solid 1px;' /> + +<h2 style="font-weight: normal;">CATALOGUE</h2> + +<p class="center">OF</p> + +<h1 style="font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: 0.2em;">LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS</h1> + +<p class="center">IN THE</p> + +<h2 style="font-weight: normal;">LIBRARY OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.</h2> + +<p class="center">BY</p> + +<h3 style="font-weight: normal;">JAMES C. PILLING.</h3> + +</div> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2 class="chapterhead">Contents</h2> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" width="80%" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td align='left'>Introductory</td><td align='left'><a href="#page555">555</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>List of manuscripts</td><td align='left'><a href="#page562">562</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page554" id="page554">[554]</a></span></p> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page555" id="page555">[555]</a></span></p> + +<h2 class="chapterhead">CATALOGUE OF LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY<br /> +OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.</h2> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">By James C. Pilling.</span></p> + + +<p>Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraft, while engaged in the preparation of his +work—"Information respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of +the Indian Tribes of the United States"—sent to various persons +residing among the Indians a "Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of +the Indian Tribes of the United States," a quarto paper of 25 pages, +comprising 350 words, and the numerals one to one billion. The returns +from this were for the most part incorporated in his work; a few, +however, found their way into the collection of the Smithsonian +Institution.</p> + +<p>In 1853-'54, Mr. George Gibbs, while engaged under Gov. Isaac I. Stevens +in "Explorations for a route for the Pacific Railroad near the 47th and +49th parallels of north latitude," became interested in the study of the +languages of the Indians inhabiting the Northwest, and collected many +vocabularies. To further extend this work, he prepared and had printed a +folio paper of three leaves entitled "A vocabulary of 180 words which it +is desired to collect in the different languages and dialects throughout +the Pacific Coast for publication by the Smithsonian Institute at +Washington."</p> + +<p>These were sent to such persons as, in his judgment, were competent to +furnish the material desired, and many of them, filled or partly filled, +were returned to him. A second edition of this vocabulary, 6 ll., folio, +was issued.</p> + +<p>In 1863 there was published by the Smithsonian Institution a pamphlet +with the following title:</p> + +<p class="hanging" style="font-size: 90%;">Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | —160— | Instructions | for +research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of | America. | +Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George Gibbs. | +Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863.</p> + +<p>2 p. ll., pp. 1-51. 8<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p>In his introductory remarks, Professor Henry thus states the object of +the paper:</p> + +<p>"The Smithsonian Institution is desirous of extending and completing its +collections of facts and materials relative to the Ethnology, +Archæology, and Philology of the races of mankind inhabiting, either now +or at any previous period, the continent of America, and earnestly +solicits <span class='pagenum'><a name="page556" id="page556">[556]</a></span>the coöperation in this object of all officers of the United +States Government, and travellers or residents who may have it in their +power to render any assistance."</p> + +<p>Under the head of Philology, Mr. Gibbs gave a brief account of some of +the peculiarities of Indian languages, with general directions for the +best method of collecting certain words; a simple and practical +alphabet; and a vocabulary in English, Spanish, French, and Latin of 211 +words. Speaking of the latter, he says:</p> + +<p>"In view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of +the various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of +officers of the government, travellers, and others, the following is +recommended as a <span class="smcap">Standard Vocabulary</span>. It is mainly the one +prepared by the late Hon. Albert Gallatin, with a few changes made by +Mr. Hale, the Ethnologist of the United States Exploring Expedition, and +is adopted as that upon which nearly all the collections hitherto made +for the purpose of comparison have been based. For the purpose of +ascertaining the more obvious relations between the various members of +existing families this number is deemed sufficient. The remote +affinities must be sought in a wider research, demanding a degree of +acquaintance with their languages beyond the reach of transient +visitors."</p> + +<p>The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing +paper, 10 ll., 4<span class="super">o</span>, and reprinted, 6 ll., folio, and was distributed +widely among the missionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local +collectors in ethnology, and has served a valuable purpose, resulting in +the collection by the Smithsonian Institution of a large number of +vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and dialects of the +Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico.</p> + +<p>This material, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs +for revision and classification—a work in which he was engaged at the +time of his death, which occurred before any of it was published.</p> + +<p>In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J. W. Powell, +then in charge of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey +of the Rocky Mountain Region, to be consolidated and published in +connection with like material collected by himself and his assistants +while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States. A +number were accordingly published in the "Contributions to North +American Ethnology," Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by the +Survey.</p> + +<p>Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian Institution, +Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the following paper:</p> + +<p class="hanging" style="font-size: 90%;">Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with words, phrases, +and sentences to be collected. | By J. W. Powell. | Washington: | +Government Printing Office. | 1877.</p> + +<p>Pp. 1-104, 10 ruled ll., 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p>In his opening remarks, referring to the manuscripts derived from the +distribution of Mr. Gibbs' paper, the author says: "It has, in fact, +<span class='pagenum'><a name="page557" id="page557">[557]</a></span>greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser direction to inquiry, +and the results have abundantly proved the value of the 'Instructions' +and the wisdom of its publication; and it serves to mark an epoch in the +history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which has +thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such +important conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of +instruction, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. +First, it is found necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a +greater number of sounds, which have been discovered in the North +American languages, and to mark other letters with greater precision. +Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary so as to modify it +somewhat, as experience has dictated, so that new words may be +collected. Third, it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences +should be given—so chosen as to bring out the more important +characteristics of grammatic structure."</p> + +<p>In the preparation of this paper, the alphabet was considered to be of +prime importance. Concerning it, the author says: "After devoting much +time to the consideration of the subject, and the examination of many +alphabets devised by scholars and linguists, none was found against +which there was not serious objections, and the author attempted to +devise an alphabet which would contain all the supposed requirements; +but there were many difficulties in the way, and many compromises to be +made in weighing the various considerations. At this stage of the work +he applied to the eminent philologist, Prof. W. D. Whitney, for +assistance. After much consultation and the weighing of the many +considerations arising from the large amount of manuscript material in +the author's hands, Professor Whitney kindly prepared the following +paper on the alphabet."</p> + +<p>The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in +schedules, each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for +additions, as follows:</p> + +<table class="schedules" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="List 1"> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">I.</td> + <td>Persons, 15 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">II.</td> + <td>Parts of the body, 103 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">III.</td> + <td>Relationships:</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Relationships arising from the first and second generations, 58 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Names of children in order of birth, 26 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">IV.</td> + <td>Social organization.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">V.</td> + <td>Governmental organization, 22 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">VI.</td> + <td>Religion, 6 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">VII.</td> + <td>Disposal of the dead, 8 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">VIII.</td> + <td>Dress and ornaments, 39 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">IX.</td> + <td>Dwellings, 26 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">X.</td> + <td>Implements and utensils, 36 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Basket-ware, 15 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Woodenware, 7 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c., 5 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Stone implements, 13 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Pottery, &c., 11 words.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<div><span class='pagenum'><a name="page558" id="page558">[558]</a></span></div> + +<table class="schedules" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="List 1"> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XI.</td> + <td>Food, 6 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XII.</td> + <td>Games and sports, 5 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XIII.</td> + <td>Animals:</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Mammals, 91 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented2">Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Birds, 192 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented2">Parts of the body, &c., of birds, 26 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Fish, 12 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented2">Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Reptiles, 6 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Insects, 11 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XIV.</td> + <td>Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c., 8 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XV.</td> + <td>The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and objects, 41 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XVI.</td> + <td>Geographic terms, 8 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XVII.</td> + <td>Geographic names.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XVIII.</td> + <td>Colors, 13 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XIX.</td> + <td>Numerals:</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Cardinal numbers, 58 words (1-1000).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Ordinal numbers, 30 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Multiplicatives, 22 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented">Distributives, 23 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XX.</td> + <td>Measures.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XXI.</td> + <td>Divisions of time, 29 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XXII.</td> + <td>Standard of value.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XXIII.</td> + <td>New words, 84 words.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="numbers">XXIV.</td> + <td>Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>This paper was prepared with special reference to the wants of the +collector, being printed on bond paper and bound in flexible cloth. It +was widely distributed and, like that of Mr. Gibbs, resulted in the +collection of valuable linguistic material.</p> + +<p>In 1879 Congress consolidated the various surveys, including that of the +Rocky Mountain Region, into the United States Geological Survey, but +made provision for continuing the publication of the Contributions to +North American Ethnology under the direction of the Secretary of the +Smithsonian Institution, and directed that the ethnologic material in +Major Powell's hands be turned over to the Institution. Thus the Bureau +of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution was organized, and Major +Powell was placed at its head.</p> + +<p>By this time the growing interest manifested in the study of North +American linguistics rendered necessary the preparation of a new edition +of the Introduction. In the words of the author:</p> + +<p>"The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the +author, alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more +advanced wants and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these +circumstances the present edition is published. It does not purport to +be a philosophic treatment of the subject of language; it is not a +comparative grammar of Indian tongues; it is simply a series of +explanations of certain characteristics almost universally found by +stu<span class='pagenum'><a name="page559" id="page559">[559]</a></span>dents of Indian languages—the explanations being of such a +character as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons +practically at work in the field on languages with which they are +unfamiliar. The book is a body of directions for collectors.</p> + +<p>"It is believed that the system of schedules, followed <i>seriatim</i>, will +lead the student in a proper way to the collection of linguistic +materials; that the explanations given will assist him in overcoming the +difficulties which he is sure to encounter; and that the materials when +collected will constitute valuable contributions to philology. It has +been the effort of the author to connect the study of language with the +study of other branches of anthropology, for a language is best +understood when the habits, customs, institutions, philosophy—the +subject-matter of thought embodied in the language—are best known. The +student of language should be a student of the people who speak the +language; and to this end the book has been prepared, with many hints +and suggestions relating to other branches of anthropology."</p> + +<p>The title of this publication is as follows:</p> + +<div class="hanging" style="font-size: 90%;">Smithsonian Institution—Bureau of Ethnology | J. W. Powell Director | +Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages | with | Words +Phrases and Sentences to be Collected | By J. W. Powell | Second +edition—with charts | Washington | Government Printing Office | +1880</div> + +<p>Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 ruled leaves. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p>The following is the</p> + +<p class="center">TABLE OF CONTENTS.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Chapter I.—On the Alphabet.</span></p> + + +<table class='schedules' border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter I"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 90%;"></td> + <td align='right'>Page.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Vowels</td> + <td align="right">4</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Diphthongs</td> + <td align="right">5</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Consonants</td> + <td align="right">6</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Mutes</td> + <td align="right">6</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Nasals</td> + <td align="right">7</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Spirants</td> + <td align="right">8</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Sibilants</td> + <td align="right">9</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">W, Y, R, L, and H</td> + <td align="right">9</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Interrupted sounds</td> + <td align="right">11</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Synthetic sounds</td> + <td align="right">12</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="indented">Complex combinations</td> + <td align="right">13</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Alphabet</td> + <td align="right">14</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Chapter II.—Hints and Explanations.</span></p> + +<table class="schedules" border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter II"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 1em;">§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">1.—Persons</td> + <td align="right">18</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">2.—Parts of the body</td> + <td align="right">18</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">3.—Dress and ornaments</td> + <td align="right">18</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">4.—Dwellings</td> + <td align="right">20</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">5.—Implements and utensils</td> + <td align="right">23</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">6.—Food</td> + <td align="right">24</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">7.—Colors</td> + <td align="right">25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">8.—Numerals</td> + <td align="right">25</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.3em;">9.—Measures</td> + <td align="right">26</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<div><span class='pagenum'><a name="page560" id="page560">[560]</a></span></div> + +<table class="schedules" border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter II"> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>10.—Division of time</td> + <td align="right">27</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>11.—Standards of value</td> + <td align="right">27</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>12.—Animals</td> + <td align="right">28</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>13.—Plants, &c.</td> + <td align="right">29</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>14.—Geographic terms</td> + <td align="right">29</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>15.—Geographic names</td> + <td align="right">30</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>16.—The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and objects</td> + <td align="right">30</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>17.—Kinship</td> + <td align="right">30</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>18.—Social organization</td> + <td align="right">38</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>19.—Government</td> + <td align="right">40</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>20.—Religion</td> + <td align="right">41</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>21.—Mortuary customs</td> + <td align="right">42</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>22.—Medicine</td> + <td align="right">43</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>23.—Amusements</td> + <td align="right">44</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>24.—New words</td> + <td align="right">45</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><span style="padding-left: 3.5em;">Remarks on nouns</span></td> + <td align="right">46</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>25.—Accidents of nouns—demonstrative and adjective pronouns</td> + <td align="right">46</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>26.—Personal and article pronouns—transitive verbs</td> + <td align="right">47</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>27.—Possession</td> + <td align="right">49</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>28.—Intransitive verbs—adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns used as verbs</td> + <td align="right">49</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>29.—Voice, mode, and tense</td> + <td align="right">51</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>30.—Additional investigations suggested</td> + <td align="right">55</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>31.—On the best method of studying materials collected</td> + <td align="right">59</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>§</td> + <td>32.—The rank of Indian languages</td> + <td align="right">69</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Chapter III.—Schedules.</span></p> + +<table class='schedules' border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter III"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 4em;">Schedule</td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">1.—Persons</td> + <td align="right">77</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">2.—Parts of the body</td> + <td align="right">78</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">3.—Dress and ornaments</td> + <td align="right">82</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">4.—Dwellings</td> + <td align="right">84</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">5.—Implements and utensils</td> + <td align="right">88</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented3">Wooden ware</td> + <td align="right">90</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented3">Stone implements</td> + <td align="right">91</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented3">Shell, horn, bone, &c.</td> + <td align="right">92</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented3">Basket ware</td> + <td align="right">93</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented3">Pottery</td> + <td align="right">94</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">6.—Food</td> + <td align="right">95</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">7.—Colors</td> + <td align="right">96</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">8.—Numerals—Cardinal numbers</td> + <td align="right">97</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented5">Ordinal numbers</td> + <td align="right">98</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented5">Numeral adverbs, &c.</td> + <td align="right">100</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented5">Multiplicatives</td> + <td align="right">101</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented5">Distributives</td> + <td align="right">102</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td style="padding-left: 0.5em;">9.—Measures</td> + <td align="right">103</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>10.—Division of time</td> + <td align="right">105</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>11.—Standards of value</td> + <td align="right">107</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>12.—Animals—Mammals</td> + <td align="right">109</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Parts of body, &c., of mammals</td> + <td align="right">113</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Birds</td> + <td align="right">115</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Parts of body, &c., of birds</td> + <td align="right">121</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Fish</td> + <td align="right">122</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Parts of the body, &c., of fish</td> + <td align="right">123</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Reptiles</td> + <td align="right">124</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Insects</td> + <td align="right">125</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<div><span class='pagenum'><a name="page561" id="page561">[561]</a></span></div> + +<table class='schedules' border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter III"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 4em;"></td> + <td>13.—Plants</td> + <td align="right">127</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>14.—Geographic terms</td> + <td align="right">129</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>15.—Geographic names</td> + <td align="right">131</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>16.—The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and objects</td> + <td align="right">132</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>17.—Kinship.—Relatives.—Lineal descendants of self, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">134</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Lineal ascendants of self, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">135</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">First collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">136</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Second collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">137</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Third collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">139</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Fourth collateral line (male branch), male speaking</td> + <td align="right">146</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Fourth collateral line (female branch), male speaking</td> + <td align="right">147</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Lineal descendants of self, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">148</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Lineal ascendants of self, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">149</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">First collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">150</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Second collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">151</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Third collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">153</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Fourth collateral line (male branch), female speaking</td> + <td align="right">160</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented6">Fourth collateral line (female branch), female speaking</td> + <td align="right">161</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Affinities through relatives—Descendants of self, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">162</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">First collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">163</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">Second collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">164</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">Third collateral line, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">166</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Affinities through the marriage of self, male speaking</td> + <td align="right">171</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Affinities through relatives—Descendants of self, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">172</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">First collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">173</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">Second collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">174</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented7">Third collateral line, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">176</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Affinities through the marriage of self, female speaking</td> + <td align="right">181</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td class="indented4">Ordinal names of children</td> + <td align="right">182</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>18.—Social organization</td> + <td align="right">183</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>19.—Government</td> + <td align="right">185</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>20.—Religion</td> + <td align="right">186</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>21.—Mortuary customs</td> + <td align="right">187</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>22.—Medicine</td> + <td align="right">189</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>23.—Amusements</td> + <td align="right">191</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>24.—New words</td> + <td align="right">192</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>25.—Number and gender of nouns—Demonstrative and adjective pronouns</td> + <td align="right">196</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>26.—Personal and article pronouns—Transitive verbs</td> + <td align="right">200</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>27.—Possession</td> + <td align="right">206</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<div><span class='pagenum'><a name="page562" id="page562">[562]</a></span></div> + +<table class='schedules' border="0" width="100%" cellpadding="0" summary="Chapter III"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 4em;"></td> + <td>28.—Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns used as verbs</td> + <td align="right">210</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td>30.—Additional investigations suggested</td> + <td align="right">228</td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<p>Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the +alphabet and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the +first edition of the work, and in the second Major Powell has made many +modifications. The schedule of relationship was so large that graphic +representation was considered necessary, and charts were prepared which +it was thought both the student and the Indian could follow it with +comparative ease. Experience has shown that the idea was well founded.</p> + +<p>As in the first edition, blank spaces were given after each schedule for +such additions as might suggest themselves to the collector; and to +further facilitate the work separate alphabet cards of convenient size +accompanied the volume.</p> + +<p>This publication has not been long enough in the hands of collectors to +meet with great returns, though a sufficient number have been received, +filled or partly filled, to justify the Bureau in anticipating, in the +not distant future, the receipt of a body of material prepared according +to scientific methods which, when published, will prove a valuable +contribution to this branch of ethnologic research.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Abbott</b> (G. H.). Vocabulary of the Coquille; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio. Collected in 1858, at the Silets Indian Agency.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Anderson</b> (Alexander C.). Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with +Notes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 ll. folio. Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the +following dialects: Chipwyan, Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper +Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Hopah Haynarger.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Athabasca; +180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Arny</b> (<i>Gov.</i> W. F. M.). Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1874. Governor Arny +was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W. B. Forrey.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Arroyo de la Cuesta</b> (<i>P.</i> Felipe). Idiomas Californios.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">32 pp. folio. This manuscript, containing 12 short vocabularies, +was copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E. T. +Murray. The following are the vocabularies: Esselen, or +Huelel—Mutsun; San Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; +Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista—Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; +San Luis Rey; Karkin—Mutsun; Tuichun—Mutsun(?); Saclan; +Suisun—Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen—Mutsun; Lathruunun—Yokuts.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Azpell</b> (<i>Assist. Surg.</i> Thos. F.). Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and +Klamath; 200 words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in California in 1870.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page563" id="page563">[563]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging"> +<b>Baer</b> (John). Vocabularies of the Yerigen (Tchuktchi), 250 words; and of +the Chaklock, 100 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. Mr. Baer accompanied the Rogers Ex. Ex. The Yerigen +words were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of Seniavine, west +side of Behring Straits. The Chaklock words from the inhabitants of +the island of Chaklock, about two miles to the southward.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Balitz</b> (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in the Aleutian +Islands in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Ballou</b> (E.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">162 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2 +ed. Collected at the Shoshone and Bannock Agency, Wyoming +Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are neglected, and many +are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much to the +value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Bannister</b> (Henry M.). Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound; 200 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Barnhardt</b> (W. H.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the +Umpqua, Lower Rogue River, and Calapooa Indians; 160 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Barnhart</b> (—.). Vocabulary of the Kalapuya; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Lower Rogue River Indians; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Barker</b> (J. C.). Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission, Lower +California; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1876.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Bartlett</b> (John Russell). Vocabularies of the Cahita, Opate, and +Tarahumara; 200 words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Ceris; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosillo, a native, +January, 1852.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Cochimi; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a +chief of the Coppermine Apaches, July, 1851.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Diegeno; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Dieguina; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast +in the neighborhood of San Diego.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kioway; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On <a name="corr1" id="corr1"></a><ins class="correction" title="Smithsonian">Smithonian</ins> +form. Collected from Esteban, a +Mexican in the service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had +been a captain seven years among the Comanches and Kioways in +Texas.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page564" id="page564">[564]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Piro.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from two of the +principal men of the pueblo of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso +del Norte.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tigua.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from Santiago Ortiz +(Ahebatu), head chief of Sineca, Isleta, &c.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. The above material was collected by Mr. Bartlett +while on the Mexican Boundary Commission.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Belden</b> (<i>Lieut.</i> George P.). Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">27 ll. 12<span class="super">o</span>. Alphabetically arranged.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux, alphabetically arranged.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">182 pp. 8<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Bennett</b> (<i>Lieut. Col.</i> Clarence B.). Vocabulary of the Yuma; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Berendt</b> (<i>Dr.</i> Carl Herman). Vocabulary of the Maya; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and Maya +Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form, with a few additions.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Berson</b> (F.). Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 ll. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in November, 1851. Copy of the original +furnished by M. Alex. Pinart.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Yuki-English and English-Yuki Dictionary.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">45 pp. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span> Collected in 1851 from a band of Indians fifty +miles south of Clear Lake, California. Copy of the original +furnished by M. Alex. Pinart.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Bierstadt</b> (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected, 1863.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Bissell</b> (George P.). Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">46 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Umpqua.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1876.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Brackett</b> (<i>Col.</i> A. G.). Vocabulary of the Absaraka, or Crow.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">11 pp. folio. Collected at Fort Laramie, Wyoming, 1879.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Butcher</b> (<i>Dr.</i> H. B.) <i>and</i> <b>Leyendecher</b> (John). Vocabulary of the +Comanche Indians; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Collected April, 1867.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Chamberlain</b> (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Melicite +(Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Collected +December, 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Chapin</b> (<i>Col.</i> G.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867, Camp +Goodwin, Arizona.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Cheroki.</b> Vocabulary of the Cherokee, or Tseloge; 88 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Cooper</b> (<i>Dr.</i> J. G.). Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected 1861.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page565" id="page565">[565]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Siksikhōä, or Blackfoot; 180 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio. Recorded March, 1861.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tshihalish; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Corbusier</b> (William H.). Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or Yavape; and +Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa, with <a name="corr2" id="corr2"></a><ins class="correction" title="ethnographic">ethnopaphic</ins> notes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">54 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian +Languages—nearly complete. Collected at the Rio Verde Agency, +Arizona, 1873, '74, '75.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Corliss</b> (<i>Capt.</i> A. W.). Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brulè +band.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">50 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. "Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brulè +Sioux Indians on the White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874." +In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Copied +from original manuscript loaned by Captain Corliss.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Clark</b> (W. C.). Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed. Collected in 1878 at Yáneks.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Craig</b> (R. O.). Vocabulary of the Skagit and Snohomish.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1858.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Cremony</b> (John C.). Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Obtained by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque +Redondo, on the Pecos River, N. Mex., in 1863.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Crook</b> (<i>Gen.</i> George). Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity +River, California; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tahluwah; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Denig</b> (E. T.). Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E. T. Denig, Indian agent, +Fort Union.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Diezman</b> (F. J.). Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, prepared by +F. J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">16 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Prepared in 1865.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Dorsey</b> (James Owen). Myths, Stories, and Letters in the +<img src="images/cstroke.jpg" width="14" height="20" style="vertical-align: -0.3em;" alt="C with stroke" title="C with stroke" />egiha +Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">750 pp. folio. This material is in hands of the printer, and will +form Part I, Vol. 6, Contributions to North American Ethnology. It +comprises 70 stories and myths and 300 letters, each with +interlinear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Grammar of the <img src="images/cstroke.jpg" width="14" height="20" style="vertical-align: -0.3em;" alt="C with stroke" title="C with stroke" />egiha Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">800 pp. folio. Will form Part 2 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North +American Ethnology.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— <img src="images/cstroke.jpg" width="14" height="20" style="vertical-align: -0.3em;" alt="C with stroke" title="C with stroke" />egiha +Dictionary—<img src="images/cstroke.jpg" width="14" height="20" style="vertical-align: -0.3em;" alt="C with stroke" title="C with stroke" />egiha-English and +English-<img src="images/cstroke.jpg" width="14" height="20" style="vertical-align: -0.3em;" alt="C with stroke" title="C with stroke" />egiha, +alphabetically arranged; contains 20,000 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">22,000 slips. Will form Part 3 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North +American Ethnology.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Linguistic Material of the Iowas, Otos, and Missouris.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters, with +interlinear translation, a dictionary of 9,000 words, and a +grammar.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page566" id="page566">[566]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">75 pp. folio and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter, grammatic +notes, and dictionary of 2,000 words.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Eels</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Myron). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Chemakum.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">37 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Washington Territory, +1878.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclallam.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">52 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation in 1878. +Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns +and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat".</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwâksin Dialect of the +Niskwallî Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">52 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive +cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives, cases of +pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to +drink".</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">52 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive +cases and gender of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive +case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and +"to drink".</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Eskimo.</b> Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton Bay; +Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St. Elias; of +Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Euphrasia</b> (<i>Sister</i> M.). Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sister M. +Euphrasia, St. Xavier's Convent, Arizona.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Twenty-seven exercises, and phrases and sentences.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Everett</b> (William E.). Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically arranged; +by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">91 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Flachenecker</b> (<i>Rev.</i> George). Notes on the Shyenne Language, by Rev. +Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Nebraska, +September, 1862.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Fletcher</b> (Robert H.). Vocabulary of the Nez Percés.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1873 in Idaho.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Fuertes</b> (E. A.). Vocabularies of the Chimalapa, or Zoque; Guichicovian, +or Mixe; Zapoteco; and Maya; 200 words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">17 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In parallel columns, accompanied by grammatic notes.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gabb</b> (<i>Dr.</i> William M.). Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee; 211 +words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected April, 1867. The +Cochimi vocabulary collected in the center of the peninsula of +Lower California, in the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; +the Kiliwee 150 miles farther north.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1864.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page567" id="page567">[567]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yuma; 186 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Collected in the vicinity of Fort Yuma.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'tääm.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Galbraith</b> (F. G.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Santa +Clara, New Mexico.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">14 ll. folio. Collected in 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gardiner</b> (<i>Bishop</i> —.). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gardiner</b> (W. H.). Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by W. H. Gardiner, +Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gatschet</b> (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Achomâwi, Pit River, +Northeast California.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">11 pp. folio. Includes dialects of Big Valley, Hot Springs, and +Goose Lake.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California, from Red +Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M. Wolfe, +Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Government.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. The +Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material collected at Grande +Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from General +Pleasant Porter and Mr. R. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek Nation to +the United States Government, 1879-'80.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Káyowē Linguistic Material.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation. +Collected February and March, 1880, from Itáli Du<span style="font-size: larger;">ⁿ</span>moi, or +"Hunting Boy", a young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed +at the Smithsonian Institution, and afterwards sent to the Indian +School at Carlisle, Pa.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfálati dialect.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">Pp. 1-399. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>, in five blank books. Consists of texts with +interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and +sentences.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— List of Suffixes of the Tualati or Atfálati Dialect of the +Kalapuya of Oregon.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">Blank book, sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Arranged in 1878.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Atfálati or Wápatu Lake +Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.—nearly +complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Lúkamiute and Ahántchuyuk Dialects of the +Kalapuya Family.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">16 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to de Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian Agency, 1877.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page568" id="page568">[568]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill +Dialect of the Kalapuya Family.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">9 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., incomplete.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Rancheria of the +Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">84 pp. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>, blank book. Text with, interlinear translation, +phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Mólale Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">30 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Texts in the Mólale Language with Interlinear Translation.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 ll. folio. Consists of a short description of marriage +ceremonies, the "Myth of the Coyote", and a "Raid of the Cayuse +Indians". Collected at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877, from +Stephen Savage.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Mohawk.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of +Brantford, in 1876.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Nönstöki or Nestuccas Dialect of the Selish +family.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack", of +Salmon River, Oregonian Coast. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">84 ll. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Alphabetically arranged from materials collected +at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The informants +were two young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure +blood Shasti (or Sásti) Indians, who had come from the Grand Ronde +Indian Agency, a distance of 25 miles. Their old home is the Shasti +Valley, near Yreka, Cal.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">69 ll. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath woman +living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County, +Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Sáwăno or Shawnee.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans of +the Shawnees with their totems.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Sháwano Linguistic Material.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">24 pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic +forms, phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, +from Charles Bluejacket, delegate of Shawano tribe to the United +States Government.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">52 pp. sm. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">22 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. +Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indians, Des Chutes, Oreg.; 200 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1875.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page569" id="page569">[569]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanéssisi +Dialects of the Chinuk Family.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Zuñian Language, with grammatic remarks.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. Obtained from a Zuñi boy about 10 years old, who +was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Geisdorff</b> (<i>Dr.</i> Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gibbs</b> (George). Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of +America.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the Northwest.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">23 ll. 8<span class="super">o</span> and folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kenai, and Atna Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">25 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span> in folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon +Territories.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and Humboldt Bay, +accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">25 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Principles of Algonquin Grammar.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Chikasaw; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Clallam; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Cowlitz; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Creek; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hoopah; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity River, in +1852.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Klikatat; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in 1854.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Fraser's River; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio. Collected in 1858.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page570" id="page570">[570]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Makah; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Makah; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Athapasca; 100 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, California, +accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New York, 1863.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Sawanwan; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Grossman</b> (<i>Capt.</i> F. E.). Some Words of the Languages of the Pimo and +Papago Indians of Arizona Territory.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">80 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically +arranged. Accompanied by a few grammatic notes and three stories +with interlinear English translation. Collected at the Gila River +Reservation during 1871.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Gilbert</b> (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Wallapai; 411 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">23 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed. Collected in 1878.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Hale</b> (Horatio). Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">30 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Hamilton</b> (A. S.). Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the Tahcully, +Athapasca; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Hamilton</b> (S. M.). Chippewa Vocabulary; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">20 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Hamilton</b> (<i>Rev.</i> William). Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha; 112 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">12 ll. oblong folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">33 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Hazen</b> (<i>Gen.</i> W. B.). Vocabulary of the Takilma; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabularies of the Upper Rogue River Languages—Applegate +(Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta; 180 words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Heintzelman</b> (<i>Gen.</i> —.). Vocabulary of the Cocopa; 100 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by +General Heintzelman.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by +General Heintzelman.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page571" id="page571">[571]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Helmsing</b> (J. S.). Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona and +Southeast California; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Henderson</b> (Alexander). Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of +Honduras (from Belize to Little Rock). Belize, 1872.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">Pp. 1-340. 12<span class="super">o</span> in eight blank books.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Higgins</b> (N. S.). Notes on the Apaches of Arizona.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">30 pp. folio. Includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of +tribes, etc.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Husband</b> (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Laramie, +1849.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Jones</b> (J. B.). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain dialect; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Jordan</b> (<i>Capt.</i> Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Kantz</b> (August V.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Isleta, +N. Mex.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1869.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Kirk</b> (Charles W.). Hymns in the Wyandot Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">24 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Kenicott</b> (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie +River.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians of the Mountains west of Fort +Liard.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)—Beaver Indians of +Peace River west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh (People +of the Rocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of Fort Liard.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Kent</b> (—.). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English translation.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 pp. folio. Accompanied by a similar list revised by Rev. +William Hamilton. 7 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Keres.</b> Vocabulary of the Keres; 175 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Knipe</b> (C.). Nootka or Tahkahh Vocabulary; 250 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Leyendecher</b> (John Z.). <i>See</i> <b>Butcher</b> (<i>Dr.</i> H. B.) <i>and</i> <b>Leyendecher</b> +(John Z.).</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>MacGowan</b> (<i>Dr.</i> D. J.). Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic +notes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Comanches; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1865.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>McBeth</b> (S. L.). Vocabulary of the Nez Percé; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page572" id="page572">[572]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Grammar of the Nez Percé Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">66 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>McDonald</b> (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>McElroy</b> (Patrick D.). Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache; 275 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">15 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in +1875.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Mahan</b> (I. L.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">Pp. 8-102. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, +1st ed.—nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879. Mr. +Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Meulen</b> (<i>Lieut.</i> E. de). Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook's Inlet.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1870.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Milhau</b> (<i>Dr.</i> John J.). Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay, No. 1); +211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of Coos Bay, No. 2; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams emptying +between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and on the Umpqua +River for twenty miles above the mouth.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon. 180 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Yakona; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio. Language of the Coast Indians lying between Cape +Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona Rivers.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Mowry</b> (<i>Lieut.</i> Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano; 175 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma—an +intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Collected from Miss Olive Oatman, who was for years +a prisoner among these Indians.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Muskoki.</b> Hymn: What a Friend we have in Jesus.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 sheet folio. Translator unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabularies of the Creek and Cherokee; 211 words in parallel +columns.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. Collector +unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Nichols</b> (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. Collected in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Noosoluph.</b> Vocabularies of the Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and +Kwinaiutl.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">11 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Ober</b> (Frederick A.). Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Dominica and +St. Vincent; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Packard</b> (Robert L.). Terms of relationship used by the Navajo Indians.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio. Collected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in +1881.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page573" id="page573">[573]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Palmer</b> (<i>Dr.</i> Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of +Taowa; 40 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Pinaleño and Arivaipa Apache; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Parry</b> (<i>Dr.</i>). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians; 150 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Forwarded by Maj. W. H. Emory, +1852.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Pâni.</b> Vocabulary of the Hueco or Waco; 50 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kichai; 30 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Pike</b> (<i>Gen.</i> Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">20 ll. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">27 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, Natchez, +Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">56 ll. folio. These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns +for comparative purposes, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words +each. The manuscript was submitted to Mr. J. H. Trumbull, of +Hartford, Conn., for examination, and was by him copied on slips, +each containing one English word and its equivalent in the dialects +given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They were +then sent to Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, of Tullahassee, Ind. T., who +inserted the Chickasaw. These cards are also in the possession of +the Bureau of Ethnology.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Osage; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">11 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Toncawe; 175 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Pilling</b> (James C.). Words and Phrases in the Wundát or Wyandot +Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">36 ll. folio. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed., incomplete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot Chief, +1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Pope</b> (<i>Maj.</i> F. L.). Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">14 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. "The tribe known as the Sicannies inhabit the tract +of country lying to the northwest of Lake Tatla, in British +Columbia, and their language is nearly the same as that spoken by +the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine."</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Poston</b> (Charles D.). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona; 180 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Powell</b> (John Wesley). Conjugation of Ute Verbs.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">438 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes of +Colorado and Utah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">120 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Notes on the Shinumo Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">44 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected at Oraibi, N. Mex., in 1870.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai-Utes, +1871-'72.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">194 pp. folio.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page574" id="page574">[574]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Ute Vocabulary.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">11 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Contains also a brief list of duals and plurals of +nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">71 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected from an Indian named Seguits, from Skull +Valley, Nev., 1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-há-va (Mojaves); 55 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in Las Vegas Valley, Nev., October, 1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">93 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Contains conjugation of the verbs "to strike" and "to +eat."</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Navajo.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 ll. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Noje.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1881.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Pavants of Utah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">17 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, in +1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Paviotso.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">61 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Paviotso.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">77 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nevada, 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Paviotso, Western Nevada.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">25 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d +ed., incomplete. Collected in 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Nevada.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">9 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">37 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span> and folio. Collected in 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand River, Colorado.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva).</p> + +<p class="blockquot">18 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tosauwihi—Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">56 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in +1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Uchi; 50 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Ute Indians of Utah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">16 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Utes of Weber River, Utah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">23 pp. 8<span class="super">o</span> and 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1877.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers, Utah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">62 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Wintu´n.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">40 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1880.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect of the +Shoshoni Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">103 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Kaibab +Creek, Southern Utah.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah +Territory.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">487 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page575" id="page575">[575]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 185 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. folio. Mr. Powell is Superintendent of Indian Affairs, +Canada.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Powers</b> (Stephen). Vocabulary of the Modoc; 31 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 sheet folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tolowa; 10 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hupâ Languages; 211 words each.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Washo; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Carson City, Nev., +1876.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Preston</b> (<i>Capt.</i> William). Vocabulary of the Delewes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 p. folio. This and the three following vocabularies were taken +in 1796 by Capt. William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, +and found in a memorandum book originally belonging to him, but now +in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the +Washington and Lee University.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Potawatomy; 50 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 p. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words and Sentences in Miami.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Renshawe</b> (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">21 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st +ed. Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Ridgway</b> (Robert). Vocabulary of the Washo; 75 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. folio. Collected at Carson City, Nev.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Riggs</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Alfred Longley). Language of the Dakotas and cognate +tribes; by Alfred L. Riggs, A. B., B. D., Missionary of the American +Board.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">24 ll. 8<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Riggs</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Stephen Return). Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, +Winnebago, Omaha, and Ponka.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">9 ll. folio. Includes a few grammatic forms.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Dictionary of the Santee Dakota—Dakota-English and +English-Dakota.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and +will form Part 2 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American +Ethnology. Part 1 will consist of myths and stories with +interlinear translation, and a Grammar of this dialect. It is in an +advanced stage of preparation.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Robertson</b> (<i>Mrs.</i> Ann Eliza Worcester). Vocabulary of the Chickasaw.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">On slips. <i>See</i> Pike (<i>Gen.</i> Albert).</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Roehrig</b> (F. L. O.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead; +Kalispelm; Spokan; Skoyelpi; Okinaken; S'chitsui; Shiwapmuth; +Piskwaus.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second series.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">42 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam, +Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Ross</b> (R. B.). Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page576" id="page576">[576]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Chipewyan.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men).</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years +in the Hudson Bay Company's service.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay River.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes +residing in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie +Rivers.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon River.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among +these Indians for about ten years.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Sikani.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">6 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Semple</b> (J. E.). Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language; 35 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. 4<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Sherwood</b> (<i>Lieut.</i> W. L.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and Coyotero +Apaches, with notes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Shortess</b> (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chinook.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 pp. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Smart</b> (<i>Capt.</i> Charles). Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with +notes.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 ll. folio. Collected in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Arizona.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Smith</b> (E. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound; 190 +words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Stubbs</b> (A. W.). Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.—not +complete.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Sutter</b> (Emil V.). Maidu Vocabulary; 60 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. folio. Collected from the Indians of Feather and Yuba +Rivers.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Swan</b> (James G.). A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, +Contributions to North American Ethnology.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of Prince of +Wales Archipelago.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">19 pp. 8<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Makah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">21 ll. folio. Alphabetically arranged.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Makah.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Tassin</b> (<i>Lieut.</i> A. G.). Vocabulary of the Arrapaho; 60 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Thomas</b> (<i>Gen.</i> George H.). Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">8 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. 35 Navajo words; 100 of the Yuma.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Thompson</b> (Almond Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. 12<span class="super">o</span> and 8 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Tinnéan.</b> Vocabulary of the Hong Kutchin.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">4 ll. folio. Collector unknown.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Tolmie</b> (<i>Dr.</i> William F.). Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha; +75 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. folio.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="page577" id="page577">[577]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Tolmie</b> (<i>Dr.</i> William F.). Vocabulary of the Kootnay; 165 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh; 60 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Vetromile</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Eugene). A Dictionary of the Abnaki +Language—English-Abnaki and Abnaki-English.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">3 vols. folio. Material collected by Father Vetromile while +missionary among the Abnakis during the years 1855 to 1873. Volume +1, pp. 1-573 contains prefatory remarks, description of the +alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including brief +grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English +dictionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains +further remarks on the grammar, and a continuation of the +Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z, inclusive. The dictionary in +each of these volumes is divided into four columns; the first +containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rev. Father +Rasles; the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; +and the fourth, Micmac. Volume 3, pp., 1-791, contains the +Abnaki-English dictionary, A to Z, and includes words in the +Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and +Passamaquoddy dialects.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Wabass</b> (—.). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">1 l. folio. Collected in 1858.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>White</b> (Ammi M.). Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians; 200 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>. On Smithsonian form. Collected at the Pima and +Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>White</b> (<i>Dr.</i> John B.). Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, +&c., of the Apache Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Degrees of Relationship in the Language of the Apache.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the Names by +which they are called by the Apaches.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Remarks on the General Relations of the Apache Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">7 ll. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women, and +children with the Apache names.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">15 pp. 12<span class="super">o</span>. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation in +Arizona.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">110 pp. 12<span class="super">o</span>. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, '74, +'75.</p> + +<p class="hanging">—— Sentences in the Tonto Language.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">5 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Willard</b> (Celeste N.). Vocabulary of the Navajo.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. Collected in 1869.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Williamson</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Thomas S.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, +Omaha, Ponka, and Dakota, with remarks on the same.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">38 pp. 4<span class="super">o</span>.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Wowodsky</b> (<i>Gov.</i> —.). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook's Inlet Bay.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">2 ll. folio.</p> + +<p class="hanging"><b>Wright</b> (<i>Rev.</i> Allen). Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw; 211 words.</p> + +<p class="blockquot">10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2 style="font-weight: normal;"><a name="Index" id="Index"></a>Index</h2> + + +<table style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Index"> +<tr> + <td>Gibbs, George, comparative vocabulary </td> + <td><a href="#page555">555</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td style="padding-right: 1em;">Schoolcraft, Henry R., Comparative vocabulary </td> + <td><a href="#page555">555</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td>Whitney, J. D., alphabet, on the </td> + <td><a href="#page557">557</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><a name="note" id="note"></a>Transcriber's note:</p> + +<p>The following author names, which originally appeared as continued names at the top of +a page, were replaced with ——:</p> + +<table cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Omitted author names"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 4em;"><a href="#page564">564</a></td> + <td><b>Bartlett</b> (John Russell). Vocabulary of the Piro.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page565">565</a></td> + <td><b>Cooper</b> (<i>Dr.</i> J. G.). Vocabulary of the Siksikhōä, or Blackfoot</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page566">566</a></td> + <td><b>Dorsey</b> (James Owen). Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page567">567</a></td> + <td><b>Gabb</b> (<i>Dr.</i> William. M.). Vocabulary of the Yuma</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page568">568</a></td> + <td><b>Gatschet</b> (Albert Samuel). Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill Dialect + of the Kalapuya Family</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page569">569</a></td> + <td><b>Gatschet</b> (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanéssisi Dialects +of the Chinuk Family.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page570">570</a></td> + <td><b>Gibbs</b> (George). Vocabulary of the Makah</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page572">572</a></td> + <td><b>McBeth</b> (S. L.). Grammar of the Nez Percé Language.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page574">574</a></td> + <td><b>Powell</b> (John Wesley). Ute Vocabulary.</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page575">575</a></td> + <td><b>Powell</b> (J. W.). Vocabulary of the Kootenay</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#page576">576</a></td> + <td><b>Ross</b> (R. B.). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The following misspelled words were maintained in this version of the book:</p> + +<table cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Misspelled words"> +<tr> + <td style="width: 4em;"><a href="#corr1">563</a></td> + <td>Smithonian for Smithsonian</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#corr2">565</a></td> + <td>ethnopaphic for ethnographic</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The following word phrase was inconsistently spelled:</p> + +<p>Grand Ronde / Grande Ronde</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In +The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + +***** This file should be named 17262-h.htm or 17262-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/2/6/17262/ + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliothque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/17262-h/images/cstroke.jpg b/17262-h/images/cstroke.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b22011 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262-h/images/cstroke.jpg diff --git a/17262.txt b/17262.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d0edf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2039 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The +Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)) + +Author: James Constantine Pilling + +Release Date: December 9, 2005 [EBook #17262] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + + + + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliotheque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + + + + +Transcriber's Note: This work was originally published as a part of: + +Powell, J.W. +1881 _First Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology to the + Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 1879-'80_. pp. 553-577. + Washington: Government Printing Office. + +The Table of Contents and Index included in this version were abstracted +from the full publication and inserted in the appropriate place. + +This book has a number of characters that cannot be represented in a +text format. The following coding has been used for these characters. + +[)a] a with breve +[C/] C with stroke +[=e] e with macron +[n] superscript n, used to represent nasalization of the preceding + vowel +[=o] o with macron + +Author names which were repeated when occurring as the first entry on +a new page have been replaced with ---- to keep the consistency of the +listings. A list of these author names is included at the end of the +text along with a list of misspelled and inconsistently spelled words. + + + + +SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION--BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + * * * * * + + CATALOGUE + OF + LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS + IN THE + LIBRARY OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + + BY + + JAMES C. PILLING. + + + + +Table of Contents + + +Introductory 555 +List of manuscripts 562 + + + + +CATALOGUE OF LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY +OF THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. + +BY JAMES C. PILLING. + + +Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraft, while engaged in the preparation of his +work--"Information respecting the History, Condition, and Prospects of +the Indian Tribes of the United States"--sent to various persons +residing among the Indians a "Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of +the Indian Tribes of the United States," a quarto paper of 25 pages, +comprising 350 words, and the numerals one to one billion. The returns +from this were for the most part incorporated in his work; a few, +however, found their way into the collection of the Smithsonian +Institution. + +In 1853-'54, Mr. George Gibbs, while engaged under Gov. Isaac I. Stevens +in "Explorations for a route for the Pacific Railroad near the 47th and +49th parallels of north latitude," became interested in the study of the +languages of the Indians inhabiting the Northwest, and collected many +vocabularies. To further extend this work, he prepared and had printed a +folio paper of three leaves entitled "A vocabulary of 180 words which it +is desired to collect in the different languages and dialects throughout +the Pacific Coast for publication by the Smithsonian Institute at +Washington." + +These were sent to such persons as, in his judgment, were competent to +furnish the material desired, and many of them, filled or partly filled, +were returned to him. A second edition of this vocabulary, 6 ll., folio, +was issued. + +In 1863 there was published by the Smithsonian Institution a pamphlet +with the following title: + +Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | --160-- | Instructions | for + research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of | America. | + Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George Gibbs. | + Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. + +2 p. ll., pp. 1-51. 8^o. + +In his introductory remarks, Professor Henry thus states the object of +the paper: + +"The Smithsonian Institution is desirous of extending and completing its +collections of facts and materials relative to the Ethnology, +Archaeology, and Philology of the races of mankind inhabiting, either now +or at any previous period, the continent of America, and earnestly +solicits the cooeperation in this object of all officers of the United +States Government, and travellers or residents who may have it in their +power to render any assistance." + +Under the head of Philology, Mr. Gibbs gave a brief account of some of +the peculiarities of Indian languages, with general directions for the +best method of collecting certain words; a simple and practical +alphabet; and a vocabulary in English, Spanish, French, and Latin of 211 +words. Speaking of the latter, he says: + +"In view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of +the various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of +officers of the government, travellers, and others, the following is +recommended as a STANDARD VOCABULARY. It is mainly the one prepared by +the late Hon. Albert Gallatin, with a few changes made by Mr. Hale, the +Ethnologist of the United States Exploring Expedition, and is adopted as +that upon which nearly all the collections hitherto made for the purpose +of comparison have been based. For the purpose of ascertaining the more +obvious relations between the various members of existing families this +number is deemed sufficient. The remote affinities must be sought in a +wider research, demanding a degree of acquaintance with their languages +beyond the reach of transient visitors." + +The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing +paper, 10 ll., 4^o, and reprinted, 6 ll., folio, and was distributed +widely among the missionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local +collectors in ethnology, and has served a valuable purpose, resulting in +the collection by the Smithsonian Institution of a large number of +vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and dialects of the +Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico. + +This material, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs +for revision and classification--a work in which he was engaged at the +time of his death, which occurred before any of it was published. + +In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J.W. Powell, +then in charge of the United States Geographical and Geological Survey +of the Rocky Mountain Region, to be consolidated and published in +connection with like material collected by himself and his assistants +while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States. A +number were accordingly published in the "Contributions to North +American Ethnology," Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by the +Survey. + +Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian Institution, +Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the following paper: + +Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with words, phrases, + and sentences to be collected. | By J.W. Powell. | Washington: | + Government Printing Office. | 1877. + +Pp. 1-104, 10 ruled ll., 4^o. + +In his opening remarks, referring to the manuscripts derived from the +distribution of Mr. Gibbs' paper, the author says: "It has, in fact, +greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser direction to inquiry, +and the results have abundantly proved the value of the 'Instructions' +and the wisdom of its publication; and it serves to mark an epoch in the +history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which has +thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such +important conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of +instruction, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. +First, it is found necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a +greater number of sounds, which have been discovered in the North +American languages, and to mark other letters with greater precision. +Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary so as to modify it +somewhat, as experience has dictated, so that new words may be +collected. Third, it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences +should be given--so chosen as to bring out the more important +characteristics of grammatic structure." + +In the preparation of this paper, the alphabet was considered to be of +prime importance. Concerning it, the author says: "After devoting much +time to the consideration of the subject, and the examination of many +alphabets devised by scholars and linguists, none was found against +which there was not serious objections, and the author attempted to +devise an alphabet which would contain all the supposed requirements; +but there were many difficulties in the way, and many compromises to be +made in weighing the various considerations. At this stage of the work +he applied to the eminent philologist, Prof. W.D. Whitney, for +assistance. After much consultation and the weighing of the many +considerations arising from the large amount of manuscript material in +the author's hands, Professor Whitney kindly prepared the following +paper on the alphabet." + +The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in +schedules, each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for +additions, as follows: + + I. Persons, 15 words. + + II. Parts of the body, 103 words. + + III. Relationships: + Relationships arising from the first and second generations, + 58 words. + Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words. + Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words. + Names of children in order of birth, 26 words. + + IV. Social organization. + + V. Governmental organization, 22 words. + + VI. Religion, 6 words. + + VII. Disposal of the dead, 8 words. + +VIII. Dress and ornaments, 39 words. + + IX. Dwellings, 26 words. + + X. Implements and utensils, 36 words. + Basket-ware, 15 words. + Woodenware, 7 words. + Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c., 5 words. + Stone implements, 13 words. + Pottery, &c., 11 words. + + XI. Food, 6 words. + + XII. Games and sports, 5 words. + + XIII. Animals: + Mammals, 91 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words. + Birds, 192 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of birds, 26 words. + Fish, 12 words. + Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words. + Reptiles, 6 words. + Insects, 11 words. + + XIV. Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c., 8 words. + + XV. The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects, 41 words. + + XVI. Geographic terms, 8 words. + + XVII. Geographic names. + +XVIII. Colors, 13 words. + + XIX. Numerals: + Cardinal numbers, 58 words (1-1000). + Ordinal numbers, 30 words. + Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words. + Multiplicatives, 22 words. + Distributives, 23 words. + + XX. Measures. + + XXI. Divisions of time, 29 words. + + XXII. Standard of value. + +XXIII. New words, 84 words. + + XXIV. Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c. + +This paper was prepared with special reference to the wants of the +collector, being printed on bond paper and bound in flexible cloth. It +was widely distributed and, like that of Mr. Gibbs, resulted in the +collection of valuable linguistic material. + +In 1879 Congress consolidated the various surveys, including that of the +Rocky Mountain Region, into the United States Geological Survey, but +made provision for continuing the publication of the Contributions to +North American Ethnology under the direction of the Secretary of the +Smithsonian Institution, and directed that the ethnologic material in +Major Powell's hands be turned over to the Institution. Thus the Bureau +of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution was organized, and Major +Powell was placed at its head. + +By this time the growing interest manifested in the study of North +American linguistics rendered necessary the preparation of a new edition +of the Introduction. In the words of the author: + +"The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the +author, alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more +advanced wants and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these +circumstances the present edition is published. It does not purport to +be a philosophic treatment of the subject of language; it is not a +comparative grammar of Indian tongues; it is simply a series of +explanations of certain characteristics almost universally found by +students of Indian languages--the explanations being of such a +character as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons +practically at work in the field on languages with which they are +unfamiliar. The book is a body of directions for collectors. + +"It is believed that the system of schedules, followed _seriatim_, will +lead the student in a proper way to the collection of linguistic +materials; that the explanations given will assist him in overcoming the +difficulties which he is sure to encounter; and that the materials when +collected will constitute valuable contributions to philology. It has +been the effort of the author to connect the study of language with the +study of other branches of anthropology, for a language is best +understood when the habits, customs, institutions, philosophy--the +subject-matter of thought embodied in the language--are best known. The +student of language should be a student of the people who speak the +language; and to this end the book has been prepared, with many hints +and suggestions relating to other branches of anthropology." + +The title of this publication is as follows: + +Smithsonian Institution--Bureau of Ethnology | J.W. Powell Director | + Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages | with | Words + Phrases and Sentences to be Collected | By J.W. Powell | Second + edition--with charts | Washington | Government Printing Office | + 1880 + +Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 ruled leaves. 4^o. + +The following is the + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + +CHAPTER I.--ON THE ALPHABET. + + Page. +Vowels 4 + Diphthongs 5 +Consonants 6 + Mutes 6 + Nasals 7 + Spirants 8 + Sibilants 9 + W, Y, R, L, and H 9 + Interrupted sounds 11 + Synthetic sounds 12 + Complex combinations 13 +Alphabet 14 + +CHAPTER II.--HINTS AND EXPLANATIONS. + +Sec. 1.--Persons 18 +Sec. 2.--Parts of the body 18 +Sec. 3.--Dress and ornaments 18 +Sec. 4.--Dwellings 20 +Sec. 5.--Implements and utensils 23 +Sec. 6.--Food 24 +Sec. 7.--Colors 25 +Sec. 8.--Numerals 25 +Sec. 9.--Measures 26 +Sec. 10.--Division of time 27 +Sec. 11.--Standards of value 27 +Sec. 12.--Animals 28 +Sec. 13.--Plants, &c. 29 +Sec. 14.--Geographic terms 29 +Sec. 15.--Geographic names 30 +Sec. 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and + objects 30 +Sec. 17.--Kinship 30 +Sec. 18.--Social organization 38 +Sec. 19.--Government 40 +Sec. 20.--Religion 41 +Sec. 21.--Mortuary customs 42 +Sec. 22.--Medicine 43 +Sec. 23.--Amusements 44 +Sec. 24.--New words 45 + Remarks on nouns 46 +Sec. 25.--Accidents of nouns--demonstrative and adjective pronouns 46 +Sec. 26.--Personal and article pronouns--transitive verbs 47 +Sec. 27.--Possession 49 +Sec. 28.--Intransitive verbs--adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns + used as verbs 49 +Sec. 29.--Voice, mode, and tense 51 +Sec. 30.--Additional investigations suggested 55 +Sec. 31.--On the best method of studying materials collected 59 +Sec. 32.--The rank of Indian languages 69 + +CHAPTER III.--SCHEDULES. + +Schedule 1.--Persons 77 + 2.--Parts of the body 78 + 3.--Dress and ornaments 82 + 4.--Dwellings 84 + 5.--Implements and utensils 88 + Wooden ware 90 + Stone implements 91 + Shell, horn, bone, &c. 92 + Basket ware 93 + Pottery 94 + 6.--Food 95 + 7.--Colors 96 + 8.--Numerals--Cardinal numbers 97 + Ordinal numbers 98 + Numeral adverbs, &c. 100 + Multiplicatives 101 + Distributives 102 + 9.--Measures 103 + 10.--Division of time 105 + 11.--Standards of value 107 + 12.--Animals--Mammals 109 + Parts of body, &c., of mammals 113 + Birds 115 + Parts of body, &c., of birds 121 + Fish 122 + Parts of the body, &c., of fish 123 + Reptiles 124 + Insects 125 + 13.--Plants 127 + 14.--Geographic terms 129 + 15.--Geographic names 131 + 16.--The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena + and objects 132 + 17.--Kinship.--Relatives.--Lineal descendants of self, male + speaking 134 + Lineal ascendants of self, male + speaking 135 + First collateral line, male + speaking 136 + Second collateral line, male + speaking 137 + Third collateral line, male + speaking 139 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), male speaking 146 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), male speaking 147 + Lineal descendants of self, female + speaking 148 + Lineal ascendants of self, female + speaking 149 + First collateral line, female + speaking 150 + Second collateral line, female + speaking 151 + Third collateral line, female + speaking 153 + Fourth collateral line (male + branch), female speaking 160 + Fourth collateral line (female + branch), female speaking 161 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, male speaking 162 + First collateral + line, male + speaking 163 + Second collateral + line, male + speaking 164 + Third collateral + line, male + speaking 166 + Affinities through the marriage of self, male + speaking 171 + Affinities through relatives--Descendants of + self, female speaking 172 + First collateral + line, female + speaking 173 + Second collateral + line, female + speaking 174 + Third collateral + line, female + speaking 176 + Affinities through the marriage of self, female + speaking 181 + Ordinal names of children 182 + 18.--Social organization 183 + 19.--Government 185 + 20.--Religion 186 + 21.--Mortuary customs 187 + 22.--Medicine 189 + 23.--Amusements 191 + 24.--New words 192 + 25.--Number and gender of nouns--Demonstrative and adjective + pronouns 196 + 26.--Personal and article pronouns--Transitive verbs 200 + 27.--Possession 206 + 28.--Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, + and nouns used as verbs 210 + 29.--Voice, mode and tense 221 + 30.--Additional investigations suggested 228 + +Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the +alphabet and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the +first edition of the work, and in the second Major Powell has made many +modifications. The schedule of relationship was so large that graphic +representation was considered necessary, and charts were prepared which +it was thought both the student and the Indian could follow it with +comparative ease. Experience has shown that the idea was well founded. + +As in the first edition, blank spaces were given after each schedule for +such additions as might suggest themselves to the collector; and to +further facilitate the work separate alphabet cards of convenient size +accompanied the volume. + +This publication has not been long enough in the hands of collectors to +meet with great returns, though a sufficient number have been received, +filled or partly filled, to justify the Bureau in anticipating, in the +not distant future, the receipt of a body of material prepared according +to scientific methods which, when published, will prove a valuable +contribution to this branch of ethnologic research. + +=Abbott= (G.H.). Vocabulary of the Coquille; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collected in 1858, at the Silets Indian Agency. + +=Anderson= (Alexander C.). Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with + Notes. + 12 ll. folio. Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the + following dialects: Chipwyan, Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper + Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Hopah Haynarger. + +---- Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast. + 12 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Athabasca; + 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Arny= (_Gov._ W.F.M.). Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1874. Governor Arny + was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W.B. Forrey. + +=Arroyo de la Cuesta= (_P._ Felipe). Idiomas Californios. + 32 pp. folio. This manuscript, containing 12 short vocabularies, + was copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E.T. + Murray. The following are the vocabularies: Esselen, or + Huelel--Mutsun; San Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; + Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista--Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; + San Luis Rey; Karkin--Mutsun; Tuichun--Mutsun(?); Saclan; + Suisun--Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen--Mutsun; Lathruunun--Yokuts. + +=Azpell= (_Assist. Surg._ Thos. F.). Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and + Klamath; 200 words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in California in 1870. + +=Baer= (John). Vocabularies of the Yerigen (Tchuktchi), 250 words; and of + the Chaklock, 100 words. + 10 ll. folio. Mr. Baer accompanied the Rogers Ex. Ex. The Yerigen + words were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of Seniavine, west + side of Behring Straits. The Chaklock words from the inhabitants of + the island of Chaklock, about two miles to the southward. + +=Balitz= (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in the Aleutian + Islands in 1868. + +=Ballou= (E.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Language. + 162 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2 + ed. Collected at the Shoshone and Bannock Agency, Wyoming + Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are neglected, and many + are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much to the + value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes. + +=Bannister= (Henry M.). Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barnhardt= (W.H.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the + Umpqua, Lower Rogue River, and Calapooa Indians; 160 words. + 4 ll. folio. + +=Barnhart= (--.). Vocabulary of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lower Rogue River Indians; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Barker= (J.C.). Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission, Lower + California; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1876. + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabularies of the Cahita, Opate, and + Tarahumara; 200 words each. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ceris; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosillo, a native, + January, 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cochimi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a + chief of the Coppermine Apaches, July, 1851. + +---- Vocabulary of the Diegeno; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Dieguina; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast + in the neighborhood of San Diego. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kioway; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithonian form. Collected from Esteban, a + Mexican in the service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had + been a captain seven years among the Comanches and Kioways in + Texas. + +---- Vocabulary of the Piro. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from two of the + principal men of the pueblo of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso + del Norte. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tigua. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected from Santiago Ortiz + (Ahebatu), head chief of Sineca, Isleta, &c. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. The above material was collected by Mr. Bartlett + while on the Mexican Boundary Commission. + +=Belden= (_Lieut._ George P.). Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon. + 27 ll. 12^o. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux, alphabetically arranged. + 182 pp. 8^o. Collected in 1868. + +=Bennett= (_Lieut. Col._ Clarence B.). Vocabulary of the Yuma; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864. + +=Berendt= (_Dr._ Carl Herman). Vocabulary of the Maya; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and Maya + Languages. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form, with a few additions. + +=Berson= (F.). Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California. + 8 ll. sm. 4^o. Collected in November, 1851. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +---- Yuki-English and English-Yuki Dictionary. + 45 pp. sm. 4^o Collected in 1851 from a band of Indians fifty + miles south of Clear Lake, California. Copy of the original + furnished by M. Alex. Pinart. + +=Bierstadt= (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected, 1863. + +=Bissell= (George P.). Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon. + 46 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua. + 5 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1876. + +=Brackett= (_Col._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Absaraka, or Crow. + 11 pp. folio. Collected at Fort Laramie, Wyoming, 1879. + +=Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= (John). Vocabulary of the + Comanche Indians; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected April, 1867. + +=Chamberlain= (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Melicite + (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Collected + December, 1880. + +=Chapin= (_Col._ G.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867, Camp + Goodwin, Arizona. + +=Cheroki.= Vocabulary of the Cherokee, or Tseloge; 88 words. + 3 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot. + 6 pp. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Siksikh[=o]ae, or Blackfoot; 180 words. + 7 pp. folio. Recorded March, 1861. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tshihalish; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Corbusier= (William H.). Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or Yavape; and + Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa, with ethnopaphic notes. + 54 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian + Languages--nearly complete. Collected at the Rio Verde Agency, + Arizona, 1873, '74, '75. + +=Corliss= (_Capt._ A.W.). Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brule + band. + 50 pp. 4^o. "Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brule + Sioux Indians on the White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874." + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. Copied + from original manuscript loaned by Captain Corliss. + +=Clark= (W.C.). Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 at Yaneks. + +=Craig= (R.O.). Vocabulary of the Skagit and Snohomish. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1858. + +=Cremony= (John C.). Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque + Redondo, on the Pecos River, N. Mex., in 1863. + +=Crook= (_Gen._ George). Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity + River, California; 180 words. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahluwah; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Denig= (E.T.). Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E.T. Denig, Indian agent, + Fort Union. + 6 pp. folio. + +=Diezman= (F.J.). Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, prepared by + F.J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua. + 16 ll. 4^o. Prepared in 1865. + +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Myths, Stories, and Letters in the [C/]egiha + Language. + 750 pp. folio. This material is in hands of the printer, and will + form Part I, Vol. 6, Contributions to North American Ethnology. It + comprises 70 stories and myths and 300 letters, each with + interlinear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation. + +---- Grammar of the [C/]egiha Language. + 800 pp. folio. Will form Part 2 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- [C/]egiha Dictionary--[C/]egiha-English and English-[C/]egiha, + alphabetically arranged; contains 20,000 words. + 22,000 slips. Will form Part 3 of Vol. 6, Contributions to North + American Ethnology. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Iowas, Otos, and Missouris. + 1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters, with + interlinear translation, a dictionary of 9,000 words, and a + grammar. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language. + 75 pp. folio and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter, grammatic + notes, and dictionary of 2,000 words. + +---- Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Eels= (_Rev._ Myron). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Chemakum. + 37 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Washington Territory, + 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclallam. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation in 1878. + Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns + and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwaksin Dialect of the + Niskwalli Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives, cases of + pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to + drink". + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language. + 52 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural forms, possessive + cases and gender of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive + case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and + "to drink". + +=Eskimo.= Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton Bay; + Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St. Elias; of + Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Euphrasia= (_Sister_ M.). Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sister M. + Euphrasia, St. Xavier's Convent, Arizona. + 6 ll. folio. Twenty-seven exercises, and phrases and sentences. + +=Everett= (William E.). Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically arranged; + by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout. + 91 pp. folio. + +=Flachenecker= (_Rev._ George). Notes on the Shyenne Language, by Rev. + Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Nebraska, + September, 1862. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Fletcher= (Robert H.). Vocabulary of the Nez Perces. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1873 in Idaho. + +=Fuertes= (E.A.). Vocabularies of the Chimalapa, or Zoque; Guichicovian, + or Mixe; Zapoteco; and Maya; 200 words each. + 17 ll. 4^o. In parallel columns, accompanied by grammatic notes. + +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William M.). Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee; 211 + words each. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected April, 1867. The + Cochimi vocabulary collected in the center of the peninsula of + Lower California, in the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; + the Kiliwee 150 miles farther north. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon; 150 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1864. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma; 186 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected in the vicinity of Fort Yuma. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'taeaem. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. + +=Galbraith= (F.G.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Santa + Clara, New Mexico. + 14 ll. folio. Collected in 1880. + +=Gardiner= (_Bishop_ --.). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Gardiner= (W.H.). Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by W.H. Gardiner, + Assistant Surgeon, U.S.A. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Achomawi, Pit River, + Northeast California. + 11 pp. folio. Includes dialects of Big Valley, Hot Springs, and + Goose Lake. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California, from Red + Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M. Wolfe, + Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Government. + 5 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama. + In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. The + Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material collected at Grande + Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877. + +---- Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from General + Pleasant Porter and Mr. R. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek Nation to + the United States Government, 1879-'80. + 4 ll. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. + +---- Kayow[=e] Linguistic Material. + 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation. + Collected February and March, 1880, from Itali Du[n]moi, or + "Hunting Boy", a young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed + at the Smithsonian Institution, and afterwards sent to the Indian + School at Carlisle, Pa. + +---- Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfalati dialect. + Pp. 1-399. sm. 4^o, in five blank books. Consists of texts with + interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and + sentences. + +---- List of Suffixes of the Tualati or Atfalati Dialect of the + Kalapuya of Oregon. + Blank book, sm. 4^o. Arranged in 1878. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Atfalati or Wapatu Lake + Language. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--nearly + complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Lukamiute and Ahantchuyuk Dialects of the + Kalapuya Family. + 16 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to de Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian Agency, 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya + Family. + 9 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + 12 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. + +---- Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Rancheria of the + Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California. + 84 pp. sm. 4^o, blank book. Text with, interlinear translation, + phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Molale Language. + 30 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877. + +---- Texts in the Molale Language with Interlinear Translation. + 12 ll. folio. Consists of a short description of marriage + ceremonies, the "Myth of the Coyote", and a "Raid of the Cayuse + Indians". Collected at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877, from + Stephen Savage. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohawk. + 7 ll. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of + Brantford, in 1876. + +---- Vocabulary of the Noenstoeki or Nestuccas Dialect of the Selish + family. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack", of + Salmon River, Oregonian Coast. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary. + 84 ll. sm. 4^o. Alphabetically arranged from materials collected + at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The informants + were two young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure + blood Shasti (or Sasti) Indians, who had come from the Grand Ronde + Indian Agency, a distance of 25 miles. Their old home is the Shasti + Valley, near Yreka, Cal. + +---- Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary. + 69 ll. sm. 4^o. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath woman + living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County, + Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal. + +---- Vocabulary of the Saw[)a]no or Shawnee. + 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans of + the Shawnees with their totems. + +---- Shawano Linguistic Material. + 24 pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic + forms, phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, + from Charles Bluejacket, delegate of Shawano tribe to the United + States Government. + +---- Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary. + 52 pp. sm. 4^o. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language. + 22 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed. + Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indians, Des Chutes, Oreg.; 200 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1875. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanessisi Dialects of the Chinuk Family. + 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Zunian Language, with grammatic remarks. + 10 ll. folio. Obtained from a Zuni boy about 10 years old, who + was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 1880. + +=Geisdorff= (_Dr._ Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Gibbs= (George). Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of + America. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the Northwest. + 23 ll. 8^o and folio. + +---- Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kenai, and Atna Languages. + 25 ll. 4^o in folio. + +---- Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes. + 10 ll. folio. + +---- Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon + Territories. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and Humboldt Bay, + accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages. + 25 ll. folio. + +---- Principles of Algonquin Grammar. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chikasaw; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Clallam; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Cowlitz; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Creek; 200 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hoopah; 180 words. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity River, in + 1852. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Klikatat; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in 1854. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Fraser's River; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected in 1858. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 200 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Athapasca; 100 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, California, + accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes. + 7 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New York, 1863. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sawanwan; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Grossman= (_Capt._ F.E.). Some Words of the Languages of the Pimo and + Papago Indians of Arizona Territory. + 80 pp. 4^o. English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically + arranged. Accompanied by a few grammatic notes and three stories + with interlinear English translation. Collected at the Gila River + Reservation during 1871. + +=Gilbert= (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Wallapai; 411 words. + 23 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878. + +=Hale= (Horatio). Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same. + 30 pp. 4^o. + +=Hamilton= (A.S.). Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the Tahcully, + Athapasca; 180 words. + 5 ll. folio. + +=Hamilton= (S.M.). Chippewa Vocabulary; 180 words. + 20 pp. folio. + +=Hamilton= (_Rev._ William). Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha; 112 words. + 12 ll. oblong folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged. + 33 ll. 4^o. + +=Hazen= (_Gen._ W.B.). Vocabulary of the Takilma; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabularies of the Upper Rogue River Languages--Applegate + (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta; 180 words each. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Heintzelman= (_Gen._ --.). Vocabulary of the Cocopa; 100 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Copy of a MS. furnished Hon. John P. Bartlett by + General Heintzelman. + +=Helmsing= (J.S.). Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona and + Southeast California; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Henderson= (Alexander). Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of + Honduras (from Belize to Little Rock). Belize, 1872. + Pp. 1-340. 12^o in eight blank books. + +=Higgins= (N.S.). Notes on the Apaches of Arizona. + 30 pp. folio. Includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of + tribes, etc. + +=Husband= (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Fort Laramie, + 1849. + +=Jones= (J.B.). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain dialect; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + +=Jordan= (_Capt._ Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +=Kantz= (August V.). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Isleta, + N. Mex. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1869. + +---- Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kirk= (Charles W.). Hymns in the Wyandot Language. + 24 ll. 4^o. + +=Kenicott= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie + River. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians of the Mountains west of Fort + Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)--Beaver Indians of + Peace River west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh (People + of the Rocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of Fort Liard. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Kent= (--.). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English translation. + 8 pp. folio. Accompanied by a similar list revised by Rev. + William Hamilton. 7 pp. folio. + +=Keres.= Vocabulary of the Keres; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Knipe= (C.). Nootka or Tahkahh Vocabulary; 250 words. + 7 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Leyendecher= (John Z.). _See_ =Butcher= (_Dr._ H.B.) _and_ =Leyendecher= + (John Z.). + +=MacGowan= (_Dr._ D.J.). Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic + notes. + 8 pp. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Comanches; 200 words. + 6 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1865. + +=McBeth= (S.L.). Vocabulary of the Nez Perce; 211 words. + 7 ll. folio. + +---- Grammar of the Nez Perce Language. + 66 ll. folio. + +=McDonald= (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 200 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=McElroy= (Patrick D.). Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache; 275 words. + 15 ll. 4^o. Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in + 1875. + +=Mahan= (I.L.). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe. + Pp. 8-102. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, + 1st ed.--nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879. Mr. + Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis. + +=Meulen= (_Lieut._ E. de). Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook's Inlet. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1870. + +=Milhau= (_Dr._ John J.). Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay, No. 1); + 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of Coos Bay, No. 2; 211 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams emptying + between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and on the Umpqua + River for twenty miles above the mouth. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon. 180 + words. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Yakona; 180 words. + 3 ll. folio. Language of the Coast Indians lying between Cape + Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona Rivers. + +=Mowry= (_Lieut._ Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano; 175 words. + 6 ll. folio. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma--an + intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently. + +---- Vocabulary of the Mohave; 180 words. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from Miss Olive Oatman, who was for years + a prisoner among these Indians. + +=Muskoki.= Hymn: What a Friend we have in Jesus. + 1 sheet folio. Translator unknown. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek and Cherokee; 211 words in parallel + columns. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1867. Collector + unknown. + +=Nichols= (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1868. + +=Noosoluph.= Vocabularies of the Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and + Kwinaiutl. + 11 pp. 4^o. Collector unknown. + +=Ober= (Frederick A.). Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Dominica and + St. Vincent; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +=Packard= (Robert L.). Terms of relationship used by the Navajo Indians. + 4 ll. folio. Collected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in + 1881. + +=Palmer= (_Dr._ Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of + Taowa; 40 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pinaleno and Arivaipa Apache; 200 words. + 3 ll. 4^o. + +=Parry= (_Dr._). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians; 150 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Forwarded by Maj. W.H. Emory, + 1852. + +=Pani.= Vocabulary of the Hueco or Waco; 50 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kichai; 30 words. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collector unknown. + +=Pike= (_Gen._ Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki Language. + 20 ll. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes. + +---- Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli. + 27 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, Natchez, + Co-os-au-da or Co-as-sat-te, Alabama, and Shawnee. + 56 ll. folio. These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns + for comparative purposes, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words + each. The manuscript was submitted to Mr. J.H. Trumbull, of + Hartford, Conn., for examination, and was by him copied on slips, + each containing one English word and its equivalent in the dialects + given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They were + then sent to Mrs. A.E.W. Robertson, of Tullahassee, Ind. T., who + inserted the Chickasaw. These cards are also in the possession of + the Bureau of Ethnology. + +---- Vocabulary of the Osage; 200 words. + 11 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Toncawe; 175 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. + +=Pilling= (James C.). Words and Phrases in the Wundat or Wyandot + Language. + 36 ll. folio. In Introduction to Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed., incomplete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot Chief, + 1880. + +=Pope= (_Maj._ F.L.). Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Language. + 14 pp. 4^o. "The tribe known as the Sicannies inhabit the tract + of country lying to the northwest of Lake Tatla, in British + Columbia, and their language is nearly the same as that spoken by + the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine." + +=Poston= (Charles D.). Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona; 180 + words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Powell= (John Wesley). Conjugation of Ute Verbs. + 438 ll. 4^o. + +---- Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes of + Colorado and Utah. + 120 ll. 4^o. + +---- Notes on the Shinumo Language. + 44 pp. 4^o. Collected at Oraibi, N. Mex., in 1870. + +---- Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai-Utes, + 1871-'72. + 194 pp. folio. + +---- Ute Vocabulary. + 11 ll. 4^o. Contains also a brief list of duals and plurals of + nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs. + +---- Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute. + 71 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian named Seguits, from Skull + Valley, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-ha-va (Mojaves); 55 words. + 4 ll. 4^o. Collected in Las Vegas Valley, Nev., October, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev. + 93 ll. 4^o. Contains conjugation of the verbs "to strike" and "to + eat." + +---- Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance. + +---- Vocabulary of the Noje. + 10 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1881. + +---- Vocabulary of the Pavants of Utah. + 17 ll. 4^o. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 61 ll. 4^o. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso. + 77 ll. 4^o. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nevada, 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Paviotso, Western Nevada. + 25 pp. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d + ed., incomplete. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Nevada. + 9 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada. + 37 ll. 4^o and folio. Collected in 1880. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand River, Colorado. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva). + 18 ll. 4^o. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tosauwihi--Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada. + 56 ll. 4^o. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in + 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Uchi; 50 words. + 2 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Ute Indians of Utah. + 16 ll. 4^o. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of Weber River, Utah. + 23 pp. 8^o and 4^o. Collected in 1877. + +---- Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers, Utah. + 62 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Wintu'n. + 40 ll. 4^o. Collected in 1880. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect of the + Shoshoni Language. + 103 ll. 4^o. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Kaibab + Creek, Southern Utah. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah + Territory. + 487 ll. 4^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kootenay; 185 words. + 2 ll. folio. Mr. Powell is Superintendent of Indian Affairs, + Canada. + +=Powers= (Stephen). Vocabulary of the Modoc; 31 words. + 1 sheet folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tolowa; 10 words. + 1 l. folio. + +---- Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hupa Languages; 211 words each. + 6 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Washo; 211 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at Carson City, Nev., + 1876. + +=Preston= (_Capt._ William). Vocabulary of the Delewes. + 1 p. folio. This and the three following vocabularies were taken + in 1796 by Capt. William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, + and found in a memorandum book originally belonging to him, but now + in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the + Washington and Lee University. + +---- Vocabulary of the Potawatomy; 50 words. + 1 p. folio. + +---- Words and Sentences in Miami. + 6 pp. folio. + +---- Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee. + 7 pp. folio. + +=Renshawe= (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi. + 21 ll. 4^o. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st + ed. Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona. + +=Ridgway= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Washo; 75 words. + 5 ll. folio. Collected at Carson City, Nev. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Alfred Longley). Language of the Dakotas and cognate + tribes; by Alfred L. Riggs, A.B., B.D., Missionary of the American + Board. + 24 ll. 8^o. + +=Riggs= (_Rev._ Stephen Return). Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, + Winnebago, Omaha, and Ponka. + 9 ll. folio. Includes a few grammatic forms. + +---- Dictionary of the Santee Dakota--Dakota-English and + English-Dakota. + 820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and + will form Part 2 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American + Ethnology. Part 1 will consist of myths and stories with + interlinear translation, and a Grammar of this dialect. It is in an + advanced stage of preparation. + +=Robertson= (_Mrs._ Ann Eliza Worcester). Vocabulary of the Chickasaw. + On slips. _See_ Pike (_Gen._ Albert). + +=Roehrig= (F.L.O.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages. + 50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead; + Kalispelm; Spokan; Skoyelpi; Okinaken; S'chitsui; Shiwapmuth; + Piskwaus. + +---- Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second series. + 42 ll. 4^o. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam, + Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait. + +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean Language. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + 6 ll. folio. + +---- Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men). + 6 ll. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years + in the Hudson Bay Company's service. + +---- Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay River. + 6 ll. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes + residing in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie + Rivers. + +---- Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon River. + 6 ll. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among + these Indians for about ten years. + +---- Vocabulary of the Sikani. + 6 ll. folio. + +=Semple= (J.E.). Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language; 35 words. + 1 l. 4^o. Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon. + +=Sherwood= (_Lieut._ W.L.). Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and Coyotero + Apaches, with notes. + 7 ll. folio. + +=Shortess= (Robert). Vocabulary of the Chinook. + 5 pp. folio. + +=Smart= (_Capt._ Charles). Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with + notes. + 8 ll. folio. Collected in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Arizona. + +=Smith= (E. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound; 190 + words. + 10 pp. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Stubbs= (A.W.). Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. + In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st ed.--not + complete. + +=Sutter= (Emil V.). Maidu Vocabulary; 60 words. + 2 ll. folio. Collected from the Indians of Feather and Yuba + Rivers. + +=Swan= (James G.). A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, + Contributions to North American Ethnology. + 4 ll. folio. + +---- A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of Prince of + Wales Archipelago. + 19 pp. 8^o. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 21 ll. folio. Alphabetically arranged. + +---- Vocabulary of the Makah. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. + +=Tassin= (_Lieut._ A.G.). Vocabulary of the Arrapaho; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Thomas= (_Gen._ George H.). Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma Languages. + 8 ll. 4^o. 35 Navajo words; 100 of the Yuma. + +=Thompson= (Almond Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 5 ll. 12^o and 8 ll. 4^o. + +=Tinnean.= Vocabulary of the Hong Kutchin. + 4 ll. folio. Collector unknown. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha; + 75 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Tolmie= (_Dr._ William F.). Vocabulary of the Kootnay; 165 words. + 3 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. + +---- Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh; 60 words. + 1 l. folio. + +=Vetromile= (_Rev._ Eugene). A Dictionary of the Abnaki + Language--English-Abnaki and Abnaki-English. + 3 vols. folio. Material collected by Father Vetromile while + missionary among the Abnakis during the years 1855 to 1873. Volume + 1, pp. 1-573 contains prefatory remarks, description of the + alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including brief + grammatic remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English + dictionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains + further remarks on the grammar, and a continuation of the + Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z, inclusive. The dictionary in + each of these volumes is divided into four columns; the first + containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Rev. Father + Rasles; the second, words in the Penobscot; the third, Mareschit; + and the fourth, Micmac. Volume 3, pp., 1-791, contains the + Abnaki-English dictionary, A to Z, and includes words in the + Penobscot, Etchimin, Mareschit, Micmac, Montagnie, and + Passamaquoddy dialects. + +=Wabass= (--.). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages. + 1 l. folio. Collected in 1858. + +=White= (Ammi M.). Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians; 200 words. + 10 ll. 4^o. On Smithsonian form. Collected at the Pima and + Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864. + +=White= (_Dr._ John B.). Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, + &c., of the Apache Language. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Degrees of Relationship in the Language of the Apache. + 2 ll. 4^o. + +---- Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the Names by + which they are called by the Apaches. + 5 ll. 4^o. + +---- Remarks on the General Relations of the Apache Language. + 7 ll. 4^o. + +---- Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women, and + children with the Apache names. + 15 pp. 12^o. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation in + Arizona. + +---- Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages. + 110 pp. 12^o. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, '74, + '75. + +---- Sentences in the Tonto Language. + 5 pp. 4^o. + +=Willard= (Celeste N.). Vocabulary of the Navajo. + 10 ll. folio. Collected in 1869. + +=Williamson= (_Rev._ Thomas S.). Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, + Omaha, Ponka, and Dakota, with remarks on the same. + 38 pp. 4^o. + +=Wowodsky= (_Gov._ --.). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook's Inlet Bay. + 2 ll. folio. + +=Wright= (_Rev._ Allen). Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw; 211 words. + 10 ll. folio. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1866. + + + + +Index + + +Gibbs, George, comparative vocabulary 555 +Schoolcraft, Henry R., Comparative vocabulary 555 +Whitney, J.D., alphabet, on the 557 + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +The following author names, which originally appeared as continued names +at the top of a page, were replaced with ----: + +=Bartlett= (John Russell). Vocabulary of the Piro. +=Cooper= (_Dr._ J.G.). Vocabulary of the Siksikh[=o]ae, or Blackfoot +=Dorsey= (James Owen). Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language +=Gabb= (_Dr._ William. M.). Vocabulary of the Yuma +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Yamhill + Dialect of the Kalapuya Family +=Gatschet= (Albert Samuel). Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanessisi + Dialects of the Chinuk Family. +=Gibbs= (George). Vocabulary of the Makah +=McBeth= (S.L.). Grammar of the Nez Perce Language. +=Powell= (John Wesley). Ute Vocabulary. +=Powell= (J.W.). Vocabulary of the Kootenay +=Ross= (R.B.). Vocabulary of the Chipewyan. + +The following misspelled words were maintained in this version of the +book: + +p. 563 Smithonian for Smithsonian +p. 565 ethnopaphic for ethnographic + +The following word phrase was inconsistently spelled: + +Grand Ronde / Grande Ronde + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Catalogue Of Linguistic Manuscripts In +The Library Of The Bureau Of Ethnology. (1881 N 01 / 1879-1880 (Pages 553-578)), by James Constantine Pilling + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS *** + +***** This file should be named 17262.txt or 17262.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/2/6/17262/ + +Produced by PM for Bureau of American Ethnology, Julia +Miller, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by the Bibliotheque nationale +de France (BnF/Gallica) at http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/17262.zip b/17262.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..06106c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17262.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ce3eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #17262 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/17262) |
